The full catalogue

All 2,030+ services. Search, filter, find your fit.

Every service is built, put live and run for you on a monthly plan. Search, or filter by sector and category.

Browse by category

AI Voice Agents

A phone assistant that answers your calls, takes bookings and passes urgent ones to you.

4 services

Autonomous AI Agents & Orchestration

AI helpers that do repeat office work for you — research, follow-ups and reports.

152 services

Data Engineering & Integration

Your tools connected, so your numbers update themselves instead of being copied by hand.

174 services

Document & Data Intelligence

Invoices, receipts and forms read and filed for you, without typing them in.

83 services

Predictive Analytics & Forecasting

Know what you are likely to sell next, so you can order and staff for it.

110 services

Decisioning & Optimization

Better schedules, routes and prices, worked out for your business.

154 services

AI Platform & Model Engineering

Your own private AI, set up and run for you, so your data stays with you.

102 services

Knowledge Assistants & Search (RAG)

An assistant that answers your team's questions from your own documents.

12 services

Risk, Fraud & Anomaly Detection

Spot fraud and unusual activity early, before it costs you money.

86 services

Speech, Audio & Language Intelligence

Calls and meetings turned into text, summaries and translations.

92 services

AI Vision & Inspection

Your existing cameras check products, stock and safety for you.

176 services

Marketing, Growth & Content

More ads, posts and campaigns made for you, matched to your audience.

1 service

E-commerce & Retail AI

Smarter prices, stock and product pages for your shop.

1 service

Software Engineering AI

Your software kept up to date, tested and safe to change.

56 services

Websites & Landing Pages

A website that brings in customers, built, put live and kept up to date for you.

35 services

SEO & Search Visibility

Help more people find you on Google.

30 services

AI Chatbots & Assistants

A chat assistant on your website that answers customers in your name.

28 services

Content & Copywriting

Articles, pages and product texts written for your business.

33 services

Social Media Management

Posts planned, made and published for you on your social channels.

30 services

Paid Advertising

Ads that are set up, watched and adjusted for you, so your budget goes further.

39 services

Email & SMS Marketing

Emails and text messages that bring customers back.

20 services

E-commerce & Online Stores

An online shop that is easier to search and buy from.

50 services

Branding & Design

A logo, colours and designs that make your business look its best.

40 services

Marketing Automation & CRM

Follow-ups that go out on their own, so no lead is forgotten.

39 services

Analytics, Dashboards & Reporting

Your key numbers in one clear dashboard, with reports in plain words.

32 services

Reputation & Reviews

Collect more good reviews and answer every one.

23 services

Local Marketing & Listings

Show up when people nearby search for what you sell.

36 services

Business Automation & AI Workflows

The repetitive office tasks of your week, done for you.

83 services

Video & Visual Content

Videos and images for your website, ads and social posts.

81 services

Conversion Rate Optimization

Find where visitors drop off and turn more of them into customers.

21 services

Web & App Development

Web apps and tools built for the way your business works.

92 services

Security, Compliance & Performance

A faster, safer website, checked and fixed for you.

66 services

Lead Generation & Outreach

Find new potential customers and reach out to them for you.

27 services

Customer Support & Communication

Answer customers faster, by chat, email and phone.

23 services

Services

2,031 services
Websites & Landing Pages

Landing Page That Improves Itself

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For owners who pay for traffic but feel their landing page could convert better. We set up a page that keeps trying different headlines, layouts and buttons on its own and sends more visitors to the versions that win.

From $69/mo
Websites & Landing Pages

Website That Adapts to Each Visitor

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For businesses whose visitors come for different reasons. The site shows each visitor the most fitting headline, image and offer based on where they came from and what they looked at, without anyone changing pages by hand.

From $69/mo
Websites & Landing Pages

Spot Ready-to-Buy Website Visitors

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

For businesses that treat every website visitor the same. The AI reads how someone browses and tells whether they are just looking, comparing, ready to buy or need help, then shows them the right button or offer.

From $509/mo
Websites & Landing Pages

Generative Landing Page Assembly System

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

For owners who need new landing pages often but wait weeks for designers. You describe the product or offer and the AI writes and designs a full page in your brand, checks it, and we put it live.

One-time $269or monthly from $159/mo
Websites & Landing Pages

Find Where Your Website Frustrates Visitors

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For businesses losing visitors without knowing why. The AI watches anonymous, consented visit recordings with form fields hidden and flags unusual patterns such as rage clicks, dead buttons or sudden drop-offs, so you fix problems quickly.

From $59/mo
Websites & Landing Pages

Test How You Present Prices

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For businesses unsure how to show their prices. The system tests honest ways of presenting the same price, such as bundles, monthly versus yearly, or plan order, and learns which presentation brings more revenue without fake urgency.

From $59/mo
Websites & Landing Pages

AI-Driven Form Abandonment Recovery System

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For businesses whose quote, booking or sign-up forms get started but not finished. The system notices where people hesitate and offers help on the spot, lets them save and come back, and emails only those who agreed.

From $69/mo
Websites & Landing Pages

Predictive Lead Scoring Web Integration

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly4–8 days to build

For businesses whose sales team wastes time on weak enquiries. The AI scores every new web lead on how well it fits and how interested it seems, sends hot leads to sales right away, and puts the rest into a nurture email flow.

From $69/mo
Websites & Landing Pages

Adaptive Navigation Reinforcement Learning System

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For sites where visitors get lost before reaching what they want. The AI learns which menu order and link placement lead visitors to a purchase or booking, and adjusts navigation for each visit.

From $59/mo
Websites & Landing Pages

See What Visitors Notice First

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–5 days to build

For owners who wonder whether visitors even see their main button or offer. The AI looks at screenshots of your pages, predicts where eyes go first, and tells you whether your key message sits in the right spot, with suggested fixes.

One-time $129or monthly from $59/mo
Websites & Landing Pages

Progressive Web App Performance Budget Enforcer

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For businesses whose site slowly gets heavier with every new plugin, image and script. We set speed limits for each page and the system stops slow changes from going live, suggesting how to fix them.

From $59/mo
Websites & Landing Pages

Test Many Page Changes at Once

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For businesses that want to know which combination of headline, image, price display and button works best. Instead of slow one-at-a-time tests, the system tests several elements together and finds the best combination.

From $59/mo
Websites & Landing Pages

Visitor Churn Prediction & Re-engagement System

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–7 days to build

For subscription and app businesses whose trial users or members quietly stop showing up. The AI spots people whose activity is fading and sends them a helpful nudge on the site or by email before they leave.

From $69/mo
Websites & Landing Pages

Show Visitors What to Read Next

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For businesses with lots of articles, guides, products or videos. The AI understands what each page is about and suggests the most relevant next thing to each visitor, keeping them on your site longer.

From $59/mo
Websites & Landing Pages

Edge-Rendered Personalization Delivery Network

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For businesses serving visitors in different places or from different channels. Your site shows the right local version, such as the nearest branch, local offer or language, while staying very fast to load.

From $69/mo
Websites & Landing Pages

AI Exit-Intent Offer Optimization System

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For businesses losing visitors at the last moment. When someone is about to leave, the system shows the one offer most likely to keep them, chosen from offers you approve, such as free shipping, a guide or a call booking.

From $59/mo
Websites & Landing Pages

Conversational Form Filling Agent

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For businesses with long quote, booking or application forms that people give up on. The AI asks the questions like a friendly chat, understands normal replies, checks answers as it goes and sends a clean, complete enquiry to you.

From $69/mo
Websites & Landing Pages

Know Early Which Test Will Win

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For businesses running A/B tests that drag on for weeks. The system watches your tests as data comes in and tells you early which version is likely to win, or whether a test is not worth continuing.

From $59/mo
Websites & Landing Pages

Friction-Signal UX Adaptation System

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For sites where visitors get stuck, click back and forth or hit repeated errors. The system notices signs of confusion and steps in with a clearer explanation, a simpler step or an offer of help.

From $59/mo
Websites & Landing Pages

Find Copycat Sites Using Your Brand

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For businesses worried about fake sites copying their pages to trick customers. The system regularly searches the web for pages that look or read like yours and alerts you so you can act.

From $59/mo
Websites & Landing Pages

Fast, Sharp Images Done Automatically

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–5 days to build

For businesses whose sites are slowed down by heavy photos. Every image you upload is automatically resized, compressed, cropped for each screen and given a helpful description, so pages load fast and look sharp.

From $29/mo
Websites & Landing Pages

See the Paths Customers Take

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For businesses that want to know which steps actually lead people to buy. The system maps every route visitors take across ads, pages and emails, shows which paths end in sales, and explains it in plain words.

From $59/mo
Websites & Landing Pages

Cookie Consent That Runs Itself

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For businesses that use analytics, ads and chat tools on their site and need visitor consent handled properly. The system asks visitors once, remembers their choice, and only loads each tool when allowed, following the rules you set.

From $59/mo
Websites & Landing Pages

AI Design System Consistency Enforcer

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For businesses whose site has drifted into mismatched colours, buttons and spacing as it grew. The AI scans your pages, spots anything off-brand, and lists precise fixes so the site looks polished everywhere.

One-time $129or monthly from $59/mo
Websites & Landing Pages

Right Message at the Right Moment

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For businesses sending messages on the site, by email and in ads without coordination. One system decides when to send what, based on what each visitor did, and makes sure nobody gets too many messages.

From $59/mo
Websites & Landing Pages

Landing Pages That Match Your Stock

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

For businesses whose ads and landing pages show items that are sold out or wrongly priced. The system keeps your pages in sync with live stock and prices, hiding or flagging items and changing buttons when stock runs low.

From $69/mo
Websites & Landing Pages

Know Fast When Your Website Breaks

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For businesses that only find out their site is down or broken when a customer complains. The system tests your key pages and checkout like a real visitor around the clock, spots visual breakage, and tells you which change caused it.

From $59/mo
Websites & Landing Pages

Personal Video Pages for Each Audience

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For businesses that want a video welcome tailored to each audience or big prospect. The system assembles short videos from your scenes with the right message and names, placed on a landing page made for them.

From $69/mo
Websites & Landing Pages

Buttons That Match What Visitors Want

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For sites where one call-to-action button does not fit everyone. The system reads what each visitor seems to want and switches the main button, such as Buy now, Book a demo or See pricing, to the most fitting one.

From $59/mo
Websites & Landing Pages

AI Onboarding Flow Optimization System

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For apps and online products where new sign-ups drop off before they get value. The AI guides each new user through setup with the right steps for them, nudges when they stall, and learns which path gets people to their first success.

From $69/mo
Websites & Landing Pages

Website Offers That Change With Weather

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For businesses whose sales depend on weather, time of day or local events. Your website automatically swaps headlines, offers and photos to suit each visitor's local conditions, like umbrellas when it rains or patio tables when it is sunny.

From $69/mo
Websites & Landing Pages

Find and Fix Outdated Info on Your Website

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

We check every page of your website against your current prices, opening hours, contact details and team, and list everything out of date: old prices, past events, wrong hours, discontinued products. Each problem comes with a ready correction we apply after you approve, and the check repeats every week.

From $59/mo
Websites & Landing Pages

Self-Healing Frontend Error Recovery System

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For businesses whose site sometimes breaks when a script fails or a connection drops. Instead of showing a broken page, the site falls back to a working version and reports the problem, so customers can keep going.

From $59/mo
SEO & Search Visibility

Find Keywords Worth Going After

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For businesses that want more visitors from Google but do not know which searches to target. The AI studies what people search for, how hard each search is to rank for, and how likely it is to bring buyers, then ranks the best opportunities.

From $59/mo
SEO & Search Visibility

SERP Volatility Forecasting System

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For businesses that rely on Google traffic and get caught out by sudden ranking drops. The system watches your keywords and the wider search results, forecasts turbulent periods and explains whether a change hit you or everyone.

From $59/mo
SEO & Search Visibility

Help Google Understand Your Business

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For businesses whose pages do not clearly tell search engines what they are about. The AI finds the topics, places, products and people your content should mention and connect, and helps restructure pages so search engines understand your expertise.

One-time $129or monthly from $59/mo
SEO & Search Visibility

Smarter Links Between Your Pages

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For businesses whose most important pages get buried on their own site. The AI maps how your pages link to each other and adds the right internal links so search engines and visitors find your key pages easily.

One-time $129or monthly from $59/mo
SEO & Search Visibility

Alerts When Your Search Rankings Move

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For businesses that want to know right away when they gain or lose a Google position. The system tracks your keywords by location and device and alerts you with the likely reason when something moves significantly.

From $59/mo
SEO & Search Visibility

Search Intent Classification System

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For businesses whose pages rank but do not match what searchers are looking for. The AI works out whether each search is for information, comparison or buying, and checks that your page gives that type of answer.

From $59/mo
SEO & Search Visibility

Find Websites That Should Link to You

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For businesses whose competitors have links from good websites that they do not. The system maps where competitors get links, picks sites that are realistic for you, and drafts friendly outreach for you to send.

From $59/mo
SEO & Search Visibility

Help Google Crawl Your Important Pages

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For larger sites where search engines waste time on junk URLs and miss key pages. We read your server logs to see exactly where search bots go, find the waste, and fix it so important pages get crawled.

From $59/mo
SEO & Search Visibility

AI Cannibalization Detection System

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For businesses with several pages chasing the same Google search, so none ranks well. The AI finds pages that overlap and recommends which to merge, differentiate or point to a main version.

One-time $129or monthly from $59/mo
SEO & Search Visibility

Forecast Your Website Traffic Ahead

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–7 days to build

For businesses planning budgets and content who want to know what traffic to expect. The system forecasts visits from Google for your main pages and topics, including seasonal peaks, and shows the likely effect of planned content.

From $59/mo
SEO & Search Visibility

Know Which Speed Fixes Matter

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For businesses told their site is slow but unsure which fixes are worth paying for. The system links real-world speed scores to your rankings and sales, then tells you which pages to fix first.

From $59/mo
SEO & Search Visibility

Get Mentioned in AI Answers

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For businesses who want to appear when people ask AI assistants and AI search for recommendations. We restructure your content and business information so AI answer engines can understand, trust and quote you.

One-time $129or monthly from $59/mo
SEO & Search Visibility

Right Language Page for Every Country

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For businesses with their site in several languages or countries. The system makes sure Google shows each visitor the right language and country version, fixing the technical tags that tell search engines which page is which.

From $69/mo
SEO & Search Visibility

Know When Google Changes the Rules

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For businesses that depend on Google traffic and want to know when a search update hits. The system watches ranking data for signs of a Google update, compares it with your own movements, and tells you whether to act.

From $59/mo
SEO & Search Visibility

Fix Broken and Slow Redirects

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For businesses whose site has piled up redirects after redesigns and moved pages. The system finds redirect chains and loops, works out the right final address, and applies a clean redirect map so visitors and Google land straight on the right page.

One-time $129or monthly from $59/mo
SEO & Search Visibility

Win Special Spots in Google Results

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For businesses that want to appear in Google's special results such as answer boxes, question lists, image packs and maps. The AI predicts which ones you can realistically win and shows how to shape your content to earn them.

From $59/mo
SEO & Search Visibility

Get Your Photos Found in Search

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For businesses whose products or work are best shown in pictures. The AI describes every image, adds the right details and structured data, so your photos show up in image and visual search and bring people to your site.

One-time $49or monthly from $29/mo
SEO & Search Visibility

Crawlability & Indexation Monitoring System

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For businesses whose pages quietly drop out of Google or never get in. The system compares the pages you want found with what Google actually lists, flags errors and bloat, and helps fix them.

From $59/mo
SEO & Search Visibility

Make Your Business Facts Consistent Online

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For businesses whose name, address, details and descriptions differ across Google, directories and social profiles. The system finds the conflicts, corrects the details we can edit, and gives search engines one clear picture of your business.

One-time $129or monthly from $59/mo
SEO & Search Visibility

Plan Your Website Content by Topic

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For businesses that publish content without a clear plan. The AI groups your topics into main guides and supporting pages, shows how they should link together, and gives you a ready plan of what to write.

One-time $129or monthly from $59/mo
SEO & Search Visibility

Zero-Click Search Mitigation System

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For businesses whose searches now get answered right on Google so nobody clicks. The system finds where you lose clicks to instant answers and shifts your content toward searches and formats that still bring visitors.

From $59/mo
SEO & Search Visibility

Clean Up Harmful Links Pointing to You

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For businesses hit by spammy or low-quality sites linking to them. The AI reviews your backlinks, flags the harmful ones, and prepares the disavow file you can submit, plus a routine to keep it current.

One-time $129or monthly from $59/mo
SEO & Search Visibility

Answer Every Follow-Up Question Searchers Have

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For businesses whose content answers the main question but misses the follow-ups. The AI works out the related questions search engines look for and checks your pages cover them, then fills the gaps.

One-time $129or monthly from $59/mo
SEO & Search Visibility

Meta CTR Experimentation Loop

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For businesses ranking on Google but getting fewer clicks than they should. The system tests different page titles and descriptions, measures which earn more clicks, and keeps the best ones.

From $59/mo
SEO & Search Visibility

Clean Up Duplicate and Thin Pages

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For sites with many near-identical or very thin pages that drag down the whole site in Google. The AI groups similar pages and recommends which to merge, improve or point to a main version.

One-time $129or monthly from $59/mo
SEO & Search Visibility

Predictive Seasonal Demand SEO Planner

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For seasonal businesses that publish holiday or seasonal content too late to rank. The AI forecasts when demand for each topic peaks and builds a calendar telling you when to publish or refresh so pages are ready in time.

From $59/mo
SEO & Search Visibility

See If AI Answers Mention You

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For businesses wondering whether AI assistants and Google's AI summaries mention them or their competitors. The system checks your important questions regularly through official channels and shows when you are cited, when you are not, and who is.

From $69/mo
SEO & Search Visibility

Answer Your Customers' Real Questions Online

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For businesses that answer the same customer questions again and again. The AI collects the questions people actually ask in searches, reviews and support emails, writes accurate answers, and publishes them as tidy help pages with correct markup.

One-time $129or monthly from $59/mo
SEO & Search Visibility

Make Your Mobile Site Complete for Google

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For businesses whose mobile site hides content, links or details that the desktop version shows. Google judges your site by its mobile version, so the system finds what is missing on mobile and helps fix it.

One-time $129or monthly from $59/mo
SEO & Search Visibility

See Which Search Pages Lead to Sales

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For businesses whose helpful articles bring visitors but get no credit for sales. The system follows how people come back through several searches before buying, and shows which pages and searches really contribute.

From $59/mo
AI Chatbots & Assistants

AI Phone Line That Handles Calls

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–5 days to build

For businesses whose phone line is busy with the same simple requests. An AI voice answers, understands what callers want, handles routine requests like opening hours, order status or booking, and passes everything else to your team.

From $79/mo
AI Chatbots & Assistants

Self-Improving Support Autoresponder

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For businesses whose team answers lots of support emails or chats. The AI drafts replies from your help content, your team edits or approves them, and every edit teaches the AI to write better replies next time.

From $79/mo
AI Chatbots & Assistants

Tool-Calling Transactional Concierge

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

For businesses whose customers want to book, order or request refunds without waiting. The AI assistant does the task directly in your systems, always confirming with the customer first and staying within your rules.

From $69/mo
AI Chatbots & Assistants

Live Help for Sales Calls

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–5 days to build

For businesses whose salespeople get stuck on objections like price or timing. During a call where everyone has been told it is transcribed, the AI notices the objection and shows the rep a short, approved answer on screen.

From $89/mo
AI Chatbots & Assistants

Omnichannel Context-Persistent Assistant

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For businesses whose customers message through the website, email, social and messaging apps. One AI assistant answers on all channels and remembers each customer's history, so nobody has to repeat themselves.

From $79/mo
AI Chatbots & Assistants

Proactive Churn-Intercept Chatbot

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For subscription businesses losing customers who quietly lose interest. The AI spots accounts showing signs of leaving and opens a friendly, personal conversation offering help or a suitable offer before they cancel.

From $69/mo
AI Chatbots & Assistants

Knowledge-Graph-Backed Technical Support Agent

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For businesses selling technical products whose customers report error codes and setup problems. The AI understands how your products, errors and fixes connect, and walks customers step by step to the right solution.

From $69/mo
AI Chatbots & Assistants

Sort Every Message to the Right Person

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For businesses whose inbox mixes urgent complaints, sales questions and routine requests. The AI reads each incoming message, judges what it is about and how urgent it is, and sends it to the right person or bot with a priority.

From $89/mo
AI Chatbots & Assistants

Answer Customers in Their Own Language

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For businesses with customers who speak different languages. The AI assistant answers questions in the customer's language using your single set of help content, so you do not need to translate everything.

From $69/mo
AI Chatbots & Assistants

Appointment-Negotiating Scheduling Agent

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For businesses spending too much time going back and forth on appointment times. The AI checks your live calendar and rules, chats with the customer to find a time that suits both, then books and confirms it.

From $69/mo
AI Chatbots & Assistants

Guide New Customers Through Setup

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For software and online services whose new customers struggle to set things up. An AI guide walks each new user through setup step by step, remembers progress, and can complete some setup actions for them.

From $69/mo
AI Chatbots & Assistants

Streaming Live-Event Concierge

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For event organisers whose attendees all ask questions at once. An AI concierge answers questions about schedule, venue, tickets and speakers during the event, handling many people at the same time.

From $99/mo
AI Chatbots & Assistants

Sentiment-Adaptive Retention Bot

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For businesses whose chat or support sometimes faces frustrated customers. The AI notices when a customer is getting upset, softens its tone, offers a fitting fix from their account, and brings in a person before things escalate.

From $69/mo
AI Chatbots & Assistants

Warehouse Field-Ops Voice Assistant

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly4–7 days to build

For warehouses and field teams whose staff need information with their hands full. Staff speak through a headset to check stock, log actions and get picking or route directions.

From $459/mo
AI Chatbots & Assistants

CRM-Synced Lead Qualification Agent

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

For businesses getting enquiries that sales has to qualify by hand. An AI assistant chats with each inbound lead, asks your qualifying questions, adds company-level details, and writes a scored record into your CRM.

From $69/mo
AI Chatbots & Assistants

Personalized Learning Tutor Agent

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For course creators and training businesses whose students need help between lessons. The AI tutor answers questions using only your course material, checks what each learner has mastered, and suggests what to practise next.

From $79/mo
AI Chatbots & Assistants

Reservation & Table-Management Concierge

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For restaurants and venues tired of answering booking calls and messages. The AI takes reservations in chat or messages, picks the best table based on your layout and rules, and confirms instantly.

From $69/mo
AI Chatbots & Assistants

Property-Matching Real-Estate Assistant

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For estate agents with more enquiries than time. An AI assistant asks buyers and renters what they want, matches them to your current listings, and books viewings for the best matches.

From $69/mo
AI Chatbots & Assistants

Fraud-Signal Conversational Investigator

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For online shops and platforms whose team reviews suspicious orders or account activity. Your staff ask questions in plain words, and the AI pulls together order histories and unusual patterns into a clear case summary for your team to decide.

From $69/mo
AI Chatbots & Assistants

Menu-Aware Ordering Voicebot

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly4–7 days to build

For takeaways and restaurants that miss orders when the phone is busy. An AI voice takes phone orders from your menu, handles extras and swaps correctly, and sends the order straight to your kitchen system.

From $509/mo
AI Chatbots & Assistants

Branded AI Assistants for Your Clients

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For agencies and consultants who want to offer AI assistants to their own clients. We set up a platform where you create a separate, branded assistant for each client, each with its own data and settings.

From $109/mo
AI Chatbots & Assistants

Assistant That Runs Your Business Tasks

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For businesses doing repetitive tasks across several systems. You ask in plain words and the AI plans the steps, shows you the plan, then carries it out across your connected tools, undoing changes if something fails.

From $69/mo
AI Chatbots & Assistants

Sales-Enablement Battlecard Copilot

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

For businesses whose salespeople keep asking about competitors, pricing and positioning. The AI answers their questions using only your approved sales material and stays current as it changes.

From $69/mo
AI Chatbots & Assistants

Warranty & Returns Automation Agent

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For businesses selling products that come back under warranty or for return. The AI checks eligibility from the order, helps the customer troubleshoot, and issues returns or refunds within your rules, sending risky cases to staff.

From $69/mo
AI Chatbots & Assistants

Supply-Chain Status Conversational Agent

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

For distributors and online sellers whose team spends hours answering order status questions. The AI checks your order, stock and carrier systems and tells customers exactly where their order is.

From $69/mo
AI Chatbots & Assistants

HR Policy & Benefits Assistant

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For growing businesses whose managers keep answering the same staff questions. The AI answers questions about leave, policies and benefits using your current company documents, and sends sensitive cases privately to the right person.

From $69/mo
AI Chatbots & Assistants

AI Travel Planner That Books Trips

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For travel agencies and tour operators whose staff build itineraries by hand. The AI plans multi-stop trips against live availability and prices, books them through your supplier accounts after confirmation, and re-plans if something changes.

From $69/mo
Content & Copywriting

Improve Your Pages Using Top Google Results

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For businesses whose pages sit just below the top results. The AI studies what the top-ranking pages for your searches cover and how they are structured, then improves your pages and keeps checking after each update.

One-time $129or monthly from $59/mo
Content & Copywriting

Approved-Claims Guarded Generation System

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For businesses that must be careful about what their marketing says. The AI writes copy but blocks any claim not on your approved list, and adds your own disclaimers where your rules say.

From $69/mo
Content & Copywriting

Copywriter That Writes in Your Voice

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For businesses whose copy sounds different every time someone new writes it. The AI learns your brand's tone and words from your best content and writes new copy that sounds like you, rejecting drafts that drift.

From $69/mo
Content & Copywriting

Programmatic SEO Page Factory

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For businesses with many locations, products or services that each deserve their own page. The system builds a unique, useful page for each one from your data, with proper structure and links, and keeps them updated.

One-time $209or monthly from $59/mo
Content & Copywriting

Post About Trends While They Are Hot

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For businesses that want to join timely conversations but always react too late. The system watches trending topics relevant to you and drafts on-brand posts and articles quickly, for you to approve.

From $59/mo
Content & Copywriting

E-E-A-T Signal Content Auditor & Rewriter

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For businesses whose articles and pages lack proof of experience and expertise. The AI reviews your content for missing sources, author details and real-world evidence, then rewrites weak sections using only facts you provide.

One-time $129or monthly from $59/mo
Content & Copywriting

Long Articles Built From Your Documents

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For businesses with lots of internal knowledge but no time to write. The AI writes long articles and guides using only your own documents, citing where each fact came from so you can check it.

From $69/mo
Content & Copywriting

Adapt Your Marketing for Other Countries

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For businesses selling in other countries whose translated copy feels flat. The AI adapts your marketing for each culture and market, not just translating words, keeping your brand intact.

From $69/mo
Content & Copywriting

Content Calendar That Plans Itself

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For businesses that never know what to publish next. The AI studies your content gaps, seasons and past results, builds an editorial calendar, and keeps reshuffling it as new opportunities appear.

From $59/mo
Content & Copywriting

Find and Refresh Content Losing Traffic

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For businesses whose older articles slowly lose Google traffic. The system spots pages in decline, works out why, and drafts targeted refreshes so they recover.

From $59/mo
Content & Copywriting

Tone & Readability Adaptive Rewriter

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For businesses whose writing is too complex for their customers. The AI rewrites any text to the reading level, tone and channel you need, keeping the meaning and using inclusive language.

From $39/mo
Content & Copywriting

Claims-Evidence Copy Guard

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For businesses whose marketing makes claims that need backing up. The system scans copy for claims, matches each one to your evidence library, and flags any without proof for your reviewer before publishing.

From $69/mo
Content & Copywriting

Emails That Learn What Your Audience Wants

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For businesses sending regular emails who want them to work better. The system tests subject lines, copy and send times for each audience group, learns what works, and applies it automatically.

From $59/mo
Content & Copywriting

Sales-Page Neuromarketing Copy System

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For businesses that need long sales pages for their offers. The AI writes sales pages using proven persuasion structures, tests different sections against real sales, and keeps every claim honest and supported.

From $149/mo
Content & Copywriting

Product Docs That Write Themselves

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For software businesses whose documentation is always behind. The AI reads your code, API specs and support tickets and writes clear docs, then updates them whenever the product changes.

One-time $209or monthly from $59/mo
Content & Copywriting

Personalized Landing-Page Copy Server

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For businesses whose visitors come from different ads and searches but see the same words. The system picks copy blocks for each visitor group and source, learns which combinations work, and keeps improving.

From $59/mo
Content & Copywriting

Write What Competitors Cover and You Don't

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For businesses whose competitors rank for topics they have never written about. The system compares your content with competitors, finds valuable missing topics, and drafts briefs or full articles to fill them.

One-time $129or monthly from $59/mo
Content & Copywriting

Find the Headline That Works

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For businesses unsure which headline will grab attention on their pages and emails. The AI writes several headline options, tests them on real visitors, and automatically keeps the one that earns the most clicks or sign-ups.

From $59/mo
Content & Copywriting

Help Search Engines Read Your Pages

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For businesses whose pages lack the hidden labels that tell search engines what a page is about. The AI reads each page and adds correct structured data for products, services, events and articles, keeping it in sync whenever content changes.

One-time $49or monthly from $29/mo
Content & Copywriting

Unique Pages for Every Store Location

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For brands with many locations whose store pages all read the same. The AI writes a genuinely different page for each location using its neighbourhood, hours, team and stock, while keeping your brand voice consistent.

One-time $129or monthly from $59/mo
Content & Copywriting

Content Governance & Style-Guide Enforcer

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For businesses where many people write emails, posts and pages, and the brand style drifts. The system checks every draft against your style guide and preferred terms and suggests fixes before anything is published.

From $69/mo
Content & Copywriting

Property Descriptions Written in Minutes

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For estate and letting agents who spend too long writing listings. The AI turns the property details and photos into appealing, accurate descriptions in your agency's style, ready for your website and the portals.

From $59/mo
Content & Copywriting

Marketing Copy With a Review Step

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For businesses that want fast marketing copy but need someone to check claims and offers first. The AI writes the copy, flags claims, comparisons and offers against your house rules, and sends only the flagged items to your reviewer.

From $69/mo
Content & Copywriting

A Personal Newsletter for Every Reader

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For businesses with newsletters most subscribers skim. The AI builds a personal edition for each reader, choosing and lightly rewriting content blocks to match their interests, while keeping enough variety so readers discover new things.

From $99/mo
Content & Copywriting

Answer Spoken Questions About Your Business

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For local businesses that customers ask about through voice assistants and AI search. We write short, natural answers to the questions people actually ask, publish them on your site, and add tidy markup so search engines can read them.

One-time $129or monthly from $59/mo
Content & Copywriting

Dynamic Product Bundle Copy Recommender

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For shops that sell several products and want each order to be bigger. The AI spots which items your customers already buy together, builds bundle offers that still leave you a healthy margin, and writes the copy that sells them on your store.

From $59/mo
Content & Copywriting

Clearer Button and Form Wording

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For software and online businesses where people get stuck on sign-up forms, checkout steps or error messages. The AI rewrites the small words on your buttons, hints and errors, tests the versions with real visitors, and keeps the wording that helps more people finish.

From $59/mo
Content & Copywriting

See Which Content Brings Customers

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For businesses that publish blogs, videos, emails and posts but cannot tell which pieces actually lead to sales. We connect your content, website and sales tools, and the AI shows which pieces helped bring each customer in, so you make more of what works.

From $69/mo
Content & Copywriting

Testimonial & Review Synthesis Copy System

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For businesses with happy customers whose reviews sit unused. The AI collects reviews customers agreed to share, turns them into website lines, ads and posts in the customer's own words, and never invents or changes a quote.

From $59/mo
Content & Copywriting

Content Localization QA & Back-Translation Verifier

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For businesses selling in more than one language who worry their translated pages say something different. The AI translates your translated text back, compares it with the original, and flags lines where the meaning drifted before customers see them.

From $69/mo
Content & Copywriting

Ready-to-Write SEO Article Briefs

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For businesses and agencies that publish articles but never know exactly what to write. The AI studies what ranks on Google for your topic and hands your writers a clear brief: keywords, questions to answer and the structure to follow.

From $69/mo
Content & Copywriting

Customer Success Stories Written for You

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For B2B businesses whose happy clients would convince new ones, if only someone wrote the story. The AI drafts case studies from your project notes, interviews and results, checks every claim against your records, and sends each draft to the client for approval.

From $59/mo
Content & Copywriting

Self-Improving Copy Feedback Loop

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For businesses that send lots of emails, ads and product texts and want each round to beat the last. The AI watches which of your lines get opens, clicks and sales, learns your winning style, and writes new copy shaped by what your own customers respond to.

From $519/mo
Social Media Management

Know When Your Posts Will Perform Best

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

For creators and brands that post often and want each post to land when their audience is listening. The AI learns from your past posts when your followers engage, predicts how a new post will do, and suggests the best time to publish it.

From $59/mo
Social Media Management

Score Your Social Images Before Posting

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For brands that post lots of images and videos and want to pick the strongest one before publishing. The AI looks at each creative, checks composition, focus and brand colors, compares it with your past winners, and ranks your options.

From $69/mo
Social Media Management

Discover the Groups Inside Your Audience

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For creators, coaches and software businesses whose followers are not all the same. The AI studies how people interact with your content and groups them into small, clear audience segments, so you can speak to each group with the right message.

From $519/mo
Social Media Management

Spot Rising Trends in Your Niche Early

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For brands and creators who want to jump on a trend before everyone else does. The AI watches social conversation around your niche, notices topics suddenly picking up, and alerts you with ideas for joining in while it is still early.

From $69/mo
Social Media Management

Know What People Say About You Online

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For businesses that cannot read every comment and mention about them. The AI reads mentions of your brand across social media and review sites, sorts them by mood and urgency, and alerts you fast when something needs a reply or a problem is growing.

From $79/mo
Social Media Management

How Often to Post, Decided for You

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For creators and small brands unsure whether to post daily or weekly. The AI learns from your results how often each platform's audience wants to hear from you, notices when followers are getting tired of you, and sets your posting rhythm automatically.

From $59/mo
Social Media Management

Answer Comments and DMs Automatically

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For businesses drowning in comments and direct messages. The AI reads each one, answers common questions from your own information, and passes anything unclear or sensitive to the right person on your team.

From $69/mo
Social Media Management

Know Which Posts to Boost Early

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For creators and brands with a small ad budget who want to spend it on the right post. The AI watches how each new post spreads in its first hour and flags the ones taking off, so you can boost them while they still have momentum.

From $59/mo
Social Media Management

Find the Right Influencers to Work With

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For brands that want to work with influencers but fear wasting money on fake followers or the wrong audience. The AI finds creators whose followers match your customers, checks their audience looks genuine, and builds a shortlist within your budget.

From $69/mo
Social Media Management

Posts That React to Live Events

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For businesses that could sell more by reacting to the moment: a sunny day, a big match, a price drop or new stock. The AI watches the events you choose and drafts a timely post the moment they happen, ready to publish.

From $59/mo
Social Media Management

Win Back Followers Before They Drift

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For creators, coaches and gyms whose followers and members quietly stop engaging. The AI notices who is drifting away from your content or community and starts friendly re-engagement messages before they go silent.

From $59/mo
Social Media Management

Watch What Your Competitors Post

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For businesses that want to know what competitors are doing on social media without spending hours checking. The AI follows your rivals' public posts, ads and offers, spots what is working for them, and sends you a short weekly brief.

From $69/mo
Social Media Management

Pick the Right Hashtags Every Post

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For creators and small brands who copy the same hashtags onto every post. The AI tries different hashtag sets, learns which ones bring you new viewers, and suggests the best set for each new post.

From $69/mo
Social Media Management

Show Each Follower Content They Love

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For creators and brands with lots of content who want each person to see the pieces most relevant to them. The AI learns what each audience group engages with and builds a personalized mix for your newsletter, website feed or app.

From $69/mo
Social Media Management

Early Warning for Social Media Storms

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For businesses where one angry post can snowball. The AI watches mentions of your brand, notices when criticism is growing unusually fast, and sends your team a short brief with what is happening and a suggested first response.

From $69/mo
Social Media Management

One Idea, Ready for Every Platform

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

For businesses and creators who make one piece of content and struggle to adapt it everywhere. The AI turns your idea into versions that fit each platform's size, length and style, and tells you which ones are worth making first.

From $69/mo
Social Media Management

Live Stream Helper for Chat and Questions

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For creators and coaches who go live and lose track of the chat. The AI watches your live chat, surfaces the best questions, suggests when to change topic, and flags abusive messages instantly.

From $69/mo
Social Media Management

Local Content for Each Area You Serve

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For businesses serving several towns or neighbourhoods. The AI reads local events, weather and engagement in each area, tailors posts and timing for each one, and shows you which areas you are neglecting.

From $69/mo
Social Media Management

Keep Your Comments Clean Automatically

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For creators, coaches and charities whose comment sections fill with spam and abuse. The AI hides spam and harmful comments by your own rules, lets people ask for a review, and keeps a log of every decision.

From $99/mo
Social Media Management

Which Posts Truly Brought Sales

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For businesses spending time on social media that want to know which posts made a real difference. The AI separates the effect of each post from normal ups and downs and seasonal patterns, and ranks your posts by the extra visits and sales they brought.

From $69/mo
Social Media Management

One Calendar for All Your Brands

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For agencies and businesses running several brands or accounts across time zones. The AI plans one shared calendar, stops your accounts from competing with each other, and fits posting around your team's capacity.

From $69/mo
Social Media Management

Spot Fake Likes and Bot Followers

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For creators and brands who want honest numbers. The AI checks your followers and engagement for bots and fake activity, so your reports, sponsors and ad decisions rely on real people.

From $69/mo
Social Media Management

Plan How Much Content Is Worth Making

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For agencies and brands deciding whether one more post a week on a channel is worth the effort. The AI forecasts reach and follower growth for different content plans, so you can put your time where it brings the most extra audience.

From $69/mo
Social Media Management

Content Timed to When Customers Search

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For businesses whose customers' needs rise and fall with the seasons. The AI reads search interest, your past sales and category trends, then schedules your content themes so they go out just as people start looking.

From $69/mo
Social Media Management

Captions and Alt Text for Every Post

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For creators, coaches and charities who want every video and image to be usable by everyone. The AI writes captions for videos, describes images for people using screen readers, and flags any post missing them before it goes out.

One-time $49or monthly from $39/mo
Social Media Management

Help Your Team Share Company News

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For companies whose staff are willing to share company news but never know what to post. The AI suggests which content each volunteer would naturally want to share, adds an employee disclosure to every share, and shows how far the program reached.

From $69/mo
Social Media Management

Reshare Your Best Old Posts Automatically

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For creators, coaches and charities with a big archive of good posts nobody sees anymore. The AI finds your evergreen winners, refreshes their wording or format, and puts them back in your schedule when your audience is ready to see them again.

From $59/mo
Social Media Management

Test Post Formats and Keep Winners

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For brands and creators wondering whether carousels, reels or text posts work best for them. The AI keeps trying different formats, gives more slots to the ones winning, and still tests new options so you never get stuck.

From $69/mo
Social Media Management

Faster Approval for Posts and Ads

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For businesses where every post or ad must be checked before going out. The AI pre-screens drafts against your rules, ranks them by risk with a short reason, and lets reviewers clear low-risk items quickly.

From $69/mo
Paid Advertising

Plan Ad Budgets Around Your Busy Seasons

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

We learn when your business gets busy and quiet from your past sales, add local holidays and events, and build a month-by-month ad budget plan. Budget changes are set up in your ad accounts ahead of each busy season, and the plan is checked against real results every month.

One-time $129or monthly from $59/mo
Paid Advertising

Smarter Bids for Your Ad Campaigns

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For businesses paying too much per click or losing auctions they should win. The AI estimates how valuable each audience, keyword and placement is to you and recommends bids that pay for value, not just volume.

From $59/mo
Paid Advertising

Keep Ad Spend Even All Month

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For businesses whose ad budget runs out mid-month or sits unspent. The AI watches spending hour by hour, forecasts demand for the rest of the day and month, and adjusts budgets to keep spend steady around your target cost per customer.

From $69/mo
Paid Advertising

Bid More for Customers Who Stay

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

For businesses where some customers make a single purchase and others keep coming back. The AI predicts how valuable each new customer is likely to become and sends that value to Google and Meta, so your ads chase loyal customers, not one-off bargain hunters.

From $509/mo
Paid Advertising

Find New Customer Groups to Target

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For businesses running ads to the same broad audience every month. The AI studies who actually buys and engages, finds distinct customer groups you are not targeting yet, and turns them into ready audiences in your ad accounts.

From $59/mo
Paid Advertising

Find Profitable Keywords, Block Wasteful Ones

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For service businesses paying for Google searches that never turn into clients. The AI reads every search that triggered your ads, finds specific high-intent phrases worth bidding on, and blocks the ones wasting money.

From $59/mo
Paid Advertising

Fix Your Product Feed for Shopping Ads

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

For online sellers whose products show poorly or not at all in shopping ads. The AI improves product titles and attributes, checks image quality, fills missing details, and puts your best-earning products first.

From $69/mo
Paid Advertising

Connect Ad Clicks to Real Sales

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For businesses where the sale happens on the phone, in the showroom or in the CRM, not on the website. We connect your consented offline sales back to your Google and Meta ads, so the ad platforms learn which clicks become paying customers.

From $59/mo
Paid Advertising

Retargeting Ads in the Right Order

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For businesses showing the same retargeting ad over and over. The AI plans the order and frequency of retargeting messages for each group of visitors, moving them step by step toward buying without annoying them.

From $59/mo
Paid Advertising

Make Ads and Landing Pages Match

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For businesses whose ads promise one thing and land visitors on a page that says another. The AI checks each ad against its landing page, flags mismatches, and recommends or writes the page version that best fits the ad.

From $69/mo
Paid Advertising

Know When Competitors Bid Against You

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For businesses whose ad costs suddenly jump without warning. The AI watches your auction data for new or more aggressive competitors and tells you whether to defend, hold back or take advantage.

From $59/mo
Paid Advertising

Make Video Ads People Watch

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For businesses spending money on video and audio ads that people skip. The AI watches and listens to each ad, scores the opening hook, pacing and delivery energy, and suggests where to cut or change it.

From $69/mo
Paid Advertising

Stop Ads Showing in Bad Places

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For businesses whose display and video ads appear on junk sites and apps. The AI scores where your ads appear for safety, visibility and results, and keeps include and exclude lists updated so your budget goes to good placements.

From $59/mo
Paid Advertising

Stop Ads Sending People to Broken Pages

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

Every day we open the page behind each of your ads and check it works: it loads, the product is in stock and the price and offer match what the ad says. When something is wrong you get a plain alert, and the ad can be paused until the page is fixed.

From $59/mo
Paid Advertising

Learn What Your Winning Ads Share

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For businesses and agencies with many past ads but no clear idea why some won. The AI groups your past ads by look, message and format, finds the patterns behind the best ones, and turns them into a brief for your next ads.

One-time $129or monthly from $69/mo
Paid Advertising

Stop Your Ads Competing With Each Other

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For businesses running several ad campaigns that target the same people. The AI finds where your audiences overlap, shows where you bid against yourself, and recommends merges and exclusions to stop it.

From $59/mo
Paid Advertising

Find Ads That Bring Lasting Customers

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For subscription businesses, gyms and firms whose cheapest new customers often leave fastest. The AI groups customers by the campaign that brought them, forecasts how much each group will be worth, and shows how long each campaign takes to pay for itself.

From $69/mo
Paid Advertising

Stop Paying Ads to Existing Customers

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For businesses whose prospecting ads keep reaching people who already buy from them. The AI builds exclusion lists of current customers and people unlikely to buy, keeps them updated, and frees your budget for real new prospects.

From $59/mo
Paid Advertising

What Happens If You Spend More

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

For businesses unsure whether raising their ad budget will bring more customers or just higher costs. The AI studies your past budget changes and shows, per campaign, how results really respond to spending more or less.

From $69/mo
Paid Advertising

Lower Your Google Ads Click Costs

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For local and service businesses paying high prices per click. The AI works out why Google rates your ads and pages as it does, and lists the fixes to ad text, keywords and landing pages that matter most.

From $59/mo
Paid Advertising

Check Ads Before Platforms Reject Them

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For businesses whose ads get rejected or who worry about saying something they should not. The AI checks each image and text against ad platform policies and your own claim rules before submission, and points to the exact rule at issue.

From $69/mo
Paid Advertising

One Control Room for Client Ad Accounts

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For small agencies and consultants managing ad accounts for many clients. The AI watches every client account against your rules, flags problems like overspend or broken tracking, and applies routine fixes so nothing slips.

From $69/mo
Paid Advertising

Find New Audiences Before Ads Tire

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For businesses whose ad costs climb as their current audience gets tired. The AI watches for signs your audiences are saturating and suggests the next audiences to try before costs rise.

From $59/mo
Paid Advertising

Pick the Thumbnail People Will Click

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For creators and sellers whose thumbnails and product images decide whether anyone clicks. The AI predicts which image version is most likely to be clicked before you spend money, and recommends the best one for each placement.

From $69/mo
Paid Advertising

Early Warning for Ad Spend Surprises

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For businesses that discover ad problems only at the end of the month. The AI forecasts your expected spend, cost per customer and conversions each day, and alerts you when actual numbers move outside the expected range.

From $69/mo
Email & SMS Marketing

Know Who Is About to Unsubscribe

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For businesses with an email list that keeps shrinking. The AI estimates which subscribers are likely to unsubscribe soon and tags them in your email tool, so you can send fewer, better emails to them instead of losing them.

From $59/mo
Email & SMS Marketing

Send Each Email When It Gets Read

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For businesses sending emails at one time to everyone. The AI learns when each subscriber usually opens and clicks, and schedules every email to arrive when that person is most likely to read it.

From $59/mo
Email & SMS Marketing

Stop Emailing People Too Often

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For businesses and charities sending many campaigns that wear out their list. The AI predicts each contact's tolerance for email, sets a personal limit, and holds back sends that would push them over it.

From $59/mo
Email & SMS Marketing

Keep Your Emails Out of Spam

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For businesses whose emails quietly land in spam folders. The AI checks your sender setup, content and sending history before each campaign, predicts spam risk, and tells you what to fix or slow down.

From $59/mo
Email & SMS Marketing

Text Offers Only to Likely Buyers

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–7 days to build

For shops, restaurants and salons sending SMS offers to everyone and paying for every text. The AI ranks your opted-in subscribers by how likely they are to respond to each offer, so you text fewer people and annoy fewer.

From $59/mo
Email & SMS Marketing

Win Back Customers Without Overdiscounting

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

For businesses that send discounts to every lapsed customer, including those who would have returned anyway. The AI predicts who a win-back offer will actually change, and sends offers only to them.

From $59/mo
Email & SMS Marketing

Personal Product Picks in Every Email

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For shops and travel businesses sending the same products to everyone. The AI picks the products or offers each subscriber is most likely to want and fills that block of the email when it is opened.

From $119/mo
Email & SMS Marketing

Check Emails for Spam Words

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For businesses and charities whose emails get filtered because of their wording. The AI scores each draft for spam-trigger risk and highlights the exact words, links or images causing it, before you hit send.

From $69/mo
Email & SMS Marketing

Preview Results of Your Email Plan

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For businesses planning a month of emails and wondering whether more sends mean more sales or more unsubscribes. The AI simulates your planned calendar and shows likely sales, opens and unsubscribes, with a range, before you commit.

From $69/mo
Email & SMS Marketing

Keep Every Message in Your Brand Voice

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

For brands and agencies with several people writing emails and posts. The AI learns your brand voice from your best past messages, scores every new draft against it, and flags lines that sound off-brand before they go out.

From $69/mo
Email & SMS Marketing

Test Subject, Image and Offer Together

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For businesses running one A/B test at a time and learning slowly. The AI tests subject lines, images, buttons and offers in one go and works out which part made the difference.

From $69/mo
Email & SMS Marketing

Send the Right Volume Each Day

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For businesses with a monthly sales target and a list they do not want to burn out. The AI works out how many emails or texts to send each day to stay on track for your target without overmailing.

From $59/mo
Email & SMS Marketing

Merge Duplicate Customer Records

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For businesses whose customers appear several times across email, phone and accounts. The AI matches records that belong to the same person, using only details customers gave you, so you stop double-messaging them.

From $59/mo
Email & SMS Marketing

A Welcome Series That Adapts

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For businesses whose new subscribers get one fixed welcome series. The AI tries different orders and pacing of welcome emails for each type of subscriber, and keeps the path that leads to more first purchases.

From $69/mo
Email & SMS Marketing

See What Email Really Adds

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For businesses unsure whether their emails cause sales or just take credit for them. The AI keeps a small group who do not receive each flow and compares them with everyone else to show the real extra revenue email brings.

From $69/mo
Email & SMS Marketing

Know When Your Test Is Really Done

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For businesses running email or SMS tests that end too early or never reach a clear answer. The AI tells you how many people each test needs, watches it while it runs, and signals when the result is trustworthy.

From $69/mo
Email & SMS Marketing

Check Emails Look Right Everywhere

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For brands whose emails break in some inboxes or dark mode. The AI renders each email in common email apps and devices, looks at the screenshots, and flags broken layouts, cut-off buttons and dark mode problems before you send.

From $69/mo
E-commerce & Online Stores

Product Photos Tagged Automatically

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

For online stores with products missing colour, material and style tags. The AI looks at each product photo, fills in attributes and tags, and writes alt text, so customers can filter and search properly.

One-time $49or monthly from $29/mo
E-commerce & Online Stores

Size Advice That Cuts Wrong-Size Orders

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–7 days to build

For online clothing, shoe and activewear shops where shoppers guess their size and send items back. The AI learns how each of your products fits from past orders and returns, and gives shoppers a size suggestion on the product page.

From $119/mo
E-commerce & Online Stores

Spot Orders Likely to Come Back

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–7 days to build

For online sellers losing money on returns. The AI scores each new order for its chance of being returned and the likely reason, then triggers a helpful step like a fit tip, extra photos or a quick check before shipping.

From $79/mo
E-commerce & Online Stores

Accurate Delivery Dates at Checkout

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly4–8 days to build

For online shops and producers whose delivery promises are vague or wrong. The AI learns from your past shipments how long each carrier and route really takes, and shows shoppers an honest delivery date on product and checkout pages.

From $119/mo
E-commerce & Online Stores

A Homepage That Fits Each Visitor

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For online shops, salons and travel sellers whose homepage shows everyone the same thing. The AI rearranges homepage sections for each visitor based on what they browsed and where they came from.

From $169/mo
E-commerce & Online Stores

Which Promotions Actually Make Money

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For shops, restaurants and travel businesses running regular promotions without knowing if they pay. The AI compares sales during promos with a fair baseline, separates true extra sales from sales that would have happened anyway, and shows the profit of each promo.

From $69/mo
E-commerce & Online Stores

Clean Up Duplicate Products in Your Catalogue

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For sellers buying from several suppliers whose catalogue is full of duplicates and messy attributes. The AI matches products that are the same item using text and photos, merges duplicates and standardizes attributes into clean product records.

One-time $49or monthly from $39/mo
E-commerce & Online Stores

Spot Rising Products Before Rivals

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For online sellers and beauty brands who want to stock the next popular item before it peaks. The AI watches search interest, social chatter and your own sales for products starting to rise, and alerts you early.

From $69/mo
E-commerce & Online Stores

See Which Products Really Make Money

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For online sellers who know their revenue but not their real profit per order. The AI adds up shipping, returns, discounts, payment fees and ad costs for each order and product, and shows which ones truly make money.

From $69/mo
E-commerce & Online Stores

Test How Your Prices Are Shown

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For shops, restaurants and travel sellers wondering whether 19.99 beats 20 or bundles beat singles. The AI tests different ways of presenting the same honest price and shows which presentation sells better for each product.

From $59/mo
E-commerce & Online Stores

Design a Loyalty Program That Pays

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For shops, cafes and salons whose loyalty program gives away too much or motivates too little. The AI simulates how point rules, tiers and reward levels change customer visits and cost, then tunes the program to keep customers coming back without overspending.

From $69/mo
E-commerce & Online Stores

Warning Before Suppliers Deliver Late

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–7 days to build

For shops and producers who run out of stock because a supplier was late. The AI learns each supplier's real delivery habits, flags purchase orders likely to slip, and suggests extra buffer stock or a backup source before shelves empty.

From $59/mo
E-commerce & Online Stores

Catch Unhappy Customers Before They Complain

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly4–8 days to build

For shops, travel and wellness businesses who only learn about unhappy customers from bad reviews. The AI looks at each order or booking, its delivery and support history, and flags customers likely to be unhappy so your team can reach out first.

From $69/mo
Email & SMS Marketing

Smart Replies to Customer Text Messages

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For shops, restaurants and local services receiving text messages they cannot answer quickly. The AI reads each incoming text, understands what the customer wants, handles routine requests like hours or bookings, and sends the rest to the right person.

From $69/mo
Branding & Design

Check Your Brand Looks Consistent Everywhere

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–5 days to build

For brands whose website, app and ads drift from their brand guide over time. The AI checks your live pages and ads for logo, colour, spacing and font mistakes, marks exactly where each issue is and ranks them by importance.

From $69/mo
Branding & Design

Adaptive Logo Morphogenesis System

One-off · yours forever1–3 days to build

For businesses whose logo looks great large but turns to mush as an app icon or on a sign. The AI creates a family of logo versions, from tiny icon to billboard, and checks each stays readable at its size.

One-time $209
Branding & Design

Brand Colours Everyone Can Read

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For businesses whose brand colours look nice but make text hard to read. The AI builds a full colour system around your brand colours, with light and dark shades, and checks every text-on-background pair meets readability guidelines.

One-time $209or monthly from $59/mo
Branding & Design

Fonts and Text Sizes That Read Well

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For businesses whose website and app text looks cramped or uneven. The AI builds a type scale that suits your brand tone, checks readability on real screens and applies consistent text sizes and spacing across web and mobile.

One-time $209or monthly from $59/mo
Branding & Design

Moodboards From Your Brief in Minutes

One-off · yours forever1–3 days to build

For agencies, shops and travel brands starting new campaigns. The AI turns your written brief and brand assets into visual moodboards with images, colours and type ideas, so you agree on direction before production.

One-time $129
Branding & Design

Test Packaging Designs Before Printing

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For product makers about to print packaging. The AI places your design on a simulated shelf next to competitors, predicts where shoppers' attention will land and scores how easy it is to find, before you pay for printing.

From $69/mo
Branding & Design

New Icons That Match Your Set

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For apps and websites that need new icons that match the existing set. The AI learns your icon style, line weight, corners and grid, then creates new icons on request and checks they fit.

One-time $209or monthly from $59/mo
Branding & Design

Motion Identity Choreographer

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For brands that want buttons, logos and videos to move in a consistent, recognisable way. The AI defines your brand's motion style and generates small animations for your website, app and social videos that follow it.

One-time $209or monthly from $59/mo
Branding & Design

Design Rules Pulled From Your Live Site

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For software businesses whose product grew without a design system, leaving dozens of slightly different colours and spacings. The AI scans your live product, finds the colours, spacing and components you actually use, and merges them into one clean set of design rules.

One-time $209or monthly from $59/mo
Branding & Design

Generative Brand Photography Studio

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–5 days to build

For shops, restaurants and salons needing fresh photos all the time. The AI creates realistic product and scene photos in your brand's lighting and style from your real product shots, and checks each fits your brand before you use it.

From $69/mo
Branding & Design

Naming Space Explorer

One-off · yours forever1–3 days to build

For founders naming a new business, product or brand. The AI generates name ideas, checks domain and social handle availability, runs a first look in public trademark databases and ranks names that are easy to say and remember.

One-time $209
Branding & Design

Brand Guideline Enforcement Bot

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For teams publishing lots of designs and copy who keep breaking brand rules. The AI checks every design and text against your brand rules before it goes live and lists exactly what to fix.

From $69/mo
Branding & Design

Competitive Visual Landscape Mapper

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For brands that suspect they look just like their competitors. The AI collects competitors' visuals, maps where everyone sits in style, shows the crowded and empty spaces and suggests visual moves to stand out.

One-time $129or monthly from $69/mo
Branding & Design

Turn Products and Logos Into 3D

One-off · yours forever3–6 days to build

For shops, car businesses and tech brands wanting 3D product views or a 3D logo. The AI turns photos and flat logos into textured 3D models with your brand materials, ready for your website, ads and videos.

One-time $129
Branding & Design

Signage & Environmental Mockup Renderer

One-off · yours forever1–3 days to build

For businesses ordering new signs, window graphics or wall branding. Send a photo of your space and the AI places sign designs on it with the right angle and lighting, so you can compare options before ordering.

One-time $129
Branding & Design

Check if Your Logo Looks Like Others

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For founders and agencies about to launch a new logo. The AI compares your logo against public trademark databases and the web for similar-looking marks, and prepares an evidence pack for your trademark attorney to review. It is a search aid, not a clearance.

One-time $129or monthly from $69/mo
Branding & Design

Old Logos and Artwork Made Sharp

One-off · yours forever2–4 days to build

For businesses whose logo or product artwork only exists as a blurry image or an old scan. The AI redraws each file as a clean, sharp vector that prints at any size, in your exact brand colours, ready for signs, packaging and merchandise.

One-time $49
Branding & Design

On-Brand Social Post Templates for Every Platform

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

For creators and small brands who rebuild every social graphic from scratch. We build a template kit in your brand colours and fonts for every platform size, and the AI fills each template with your text and images, fitting the words and keeping them clear of cropped areas.

One-time $129or monthly from $69/mo
Branding & Design

Characters and Scenes for Your Brand

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For creators, event brands and travel businesses that want a mascot, characters or a recognisable visual world. The AI builds characters, places and props from your brief, then keeps every new image consistent with the same look.

One-time $129or monthly from $69/mo
Branding & Design

Print Production Preflight AI

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For brands and makers sending flyers, labels and packaging to print. The AI checks each file for bleed, colour mode, resolution and missing fonts against your printer's requirements, and tells you exactly what to fix before you pay for a print run.

From $39/mo
Branding & Design

Rebrand Every Page Without Missing Any

One-off · yours forever2–5 days to build

For companies changing name, logo or colours who fear old branding lingering everywhere. The AI finds every place your old brand appears across website, documents and assets, plans the switch in phases, replaces what it can and checks each place afterwards.

One-time $129
Branding & Design

Logo Legibility Stress Tester

One-off · yours forever1–3 days to build

For businesses about to commit to a logo. The AI shows your logo tiny, low-contrast, blurred, in black and white and on worn print, scores how recognisable it stays and suggests changes where it breaks down.

One-time $209
Branding & Design

On-Brand Layouts for Any Content

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For owners who keep needing flyers, social posts, and web banners laid out but have no designer on staff. You paste in your text and photos, and the AI arranges them into clean, on-brand layouts ready to post or print.

From $69/mo
Branding & Design

Brand Asset Semantic Search DAM

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For businesses whose logos, photos, and videos are scattered across drives and phones. We gather everything into one library where you can type what you want, like 'summer team photo outdoors', and find it in seconds.

One-time $149or monthly from $79/mo
Branding & Design

Emotive Color Story Composer

One-off · yours forever2–4 days to build

For brands that launch seasonal collections or campaigns and want fresh colours that still feel like them. Describe the mood of a campaign and the AI suggests colour palettes that fit it, stay in your brand family, and stay readable.

One-time $209
Branding & Design

Branded Buttons, Forms and Screens Kit

One-off · yours forever2–4 days to build

For start-ups and software businesses that want their app or website to look consistent. We build a library of ready-to-use interface pieces, like buttons, forms, and menus, styled to your brand and tested on phones and desktops.

One-time $209
Branding & Design

Digital Archive for Your Company History

One-off · yours forever1–3 days to build

For long-running businesses with boxes of old photos, ads, and documents. We take your scanned archive, clean up images, date and label everything, and put it in a searchable online collection you can use in marketing.

One-time $49
Branding & Design

Product Mockups for Your Branded Merch

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For brands that want to sell or give away t-shirts, mugs, tote bags, and packaging. The AI places your artwork on realistic product photos and checks whether the design will actually print well on each item.

From $39/mo
Branding & Design

Signature Sound and Audio Logo

One-off · yours forever2–5 days to build

For brands that use video, podcasts, apps, or phone lines and want a recognisable sound. We create a short audio logo, matching notification sounds, and background music that feels like your brand.

One-time $209
Branding & Design

Design Feedback Aggregation AI

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For teams drowning in design comments spread across email, chat, and documents. The AI gathers every comment, ties it to the exact part of the design, groups similar points, and gives the designer one clear list of changes.

From $69/mo
Branding & Design

Brand Compliance API for Partners

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For brands with franchisees, resellers, or partners who make their own flyers and ads. Partners upload a design and instantly see whether it follows your brand rules, with notes on exactly what to fix.

From $69/mo
Branding & Design

Generative Brand Pattern & Texture Lab

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For brands that want distinctive patterns for packaging, wrapping, websites, and merchandise. The AI creates seamless patterns from your logo shapes and colours that repeat perfectly at any size.

One-time $209or monthly from $59/mo
Branding & Design

Wayfinding & Signage System Designer

One-off · yours forever1–3 days to build

For businesses whose visitors get lost finding rooms, toilets, or exits. Send us your floor plan and the AI proposes where each sign goes, what it says, and which symbols to use, ready for your sign maker to check and produce.

One-time $209
Branding & Design

See How Customers Really See Your Brand

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For owners who wonder whether customers see the brand the way they intend. The AI reads your reviews, social comments, and photos people post, then shows where the image you want and the image you have differ, and which touchpoints cause it.

One-time $139or monthly from $69/mo
Branding & Design

Automatic Layout for Catalogues and Reports

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For businesses that publish catalogues, magazines, brochures, or annual reports. Send the text and photos and the AI lays out every page in your style, ready to print or share online.

From $59/mo
Branding & Design

Turn Any Photo into Your Brand Style

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

For brands that want every photo and graphic to share one look. The AI restyles ordinary product shots and images to match your brand's visual style, so your feed, website, and ads look like one family.

One-time $49or monthly from $39/mo
Branding & Design

Interactive Brand Guidelines Portal

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For businesses that keep a brand guide as a PDF nobody reads. We turn it into a living website showing your colours, fonts, logos, and examples, and it updates itself when your design changes.

From $59/mo
Branding & Design

Plan How Your Brands Fit Together

One-off · yours forever1–3 days to build

For businesses launching new product lines, locations, or services under one main brand. The AI designs how each sub-brand should look and be named so they feel related yet distinct.

One-time $209
Branding & Design

On-Demand Branded Images for Your Team

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For teams that need a steady stream of branded visuals for ads, posts, and product pages. Your team types what they need and the AI produces images locked to your brand look, ready to use.

From $39/mo
Marketing Automation & CRM

Automatic Customer Journeys by Email and Text

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For businesses that want each customer to get the right message at the right time without manual sending. We build automatic journeys, like welcome, abandoned cart, and win-back, that branch based on what each customer does.

From $69/mo
Marketing Automation & CRM

Find Customers Most Likely to Buy Next

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–7 days to build

For businesses with a customer list who want to know who is ready to buy what. The AI scores each customer for each product line based on past behaviour, so your campaigns go to the people most likely to respond.

From $509/mo
Marketing Automation & CRM

Which Marketing Channels Actually Pay Off

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For owners spending on several channels, like Google, Meta, flyers, and email, who cannot tell which ones really bring sales. The model looks at your sales and spend over time and shows what each channel truly contributes and how to split next month's budget.

From $519/mo
Marketing Automation & CRM

Conversational CRM Copilot

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For sales teams who hate digging through the CRM and typing notes. Your team asks things like 'what did we promise this client last month?' and the assistant answers from your real records, drafts follow-ups, and updates records when told.

From $69/mo
Marketing Automation & CRM

Personal Emails Written for Each Customer

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For businesses sending newsletters and offers to their list. Instead of one message for everyone, the AI writes a version for each customer, with a subject, wording, picture, and offer that fit what they bought and browsed, all within your brand rules.

From $99/mo
Marketing Automation & CRM

Win Target Accounts with Coordinated Outreach

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For B2B businesses chasing a short list of big-fit companies. The system scores the accounts in your CRM, maps the people you already know there, and runs coordinated emails, ads, and sales tasks toward each account.

From $69/mo
Marketing Automation & CRM

Reliable Sales Forecast from Your Open Deals

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

For owners who want to know what will actually close this month and quarter. The AI estimates each deal's chance and timing from your CRM history and rolls it up into a forecast, flagging deals that are slipping.

From $519/mo
Marketing Automation & CRM

Route Every Enquiry to the Right Person

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For businesses where enquiries sit unanswered because nobody knows whose turn it is. Each new enquiry goes straight to the best team member based on area, workload, and fit, with reminders and escalation if no one replies in time.

From $69/mo
Marketing Automation & CRM

Learn Why You Win and Lose Deals

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For sales-led businesses that want to know why deals are won or lost. The AI reads your closed deals, notes, and call transcripts, finds the reasons that keep coming up, and turns them into coaching tips and playbook updates.

One-time $129or monthly from $69/mo
Marketing Automation & CRM

Predictive Ad Audience Builder

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For businesses running Meta or Google ads who want better audiences. The AI studies your best customers from your own records and sends a ranked, privacy-protected seed list to the ad platforms so they find similar people.

From $59/mo
Marketing Automation & CRM

Ask the Right Customers for Referrals

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For businesses that grow by word of mouth. The AI spots which customers are most likely to recommend you and sends them a well-timed, personal referral invitation, then shows which referrals turned into sales.

From $69/mo
Marketing Automation & CRM

Match Every Enquiry to Its Company

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For B2B businesses where several people from the same company contact you separately. The system links each new enquiry to the right company record in your CRM so your team sees the whole picture and reports by company.

From $69/mo
Marketing Automation & CRM

Split Your Ad Budget Where It Works

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For businesses spending on several ad platforms who want a clear answer on where the next euro or dollar should go. The system connects your ad spend and conversions, credits each channel fairly, and recommends how to split the budget.

From $69/mo
Marketing Automation & CRM

Anomaly & Fraud Detection for Campaigns

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For businesses paying for ads and getting fake clicks, bot form fills, or spam leads. The AI watches your ad traffic and form submissions, blocks the junk, and shows how much wasted spend it caught.

From $89/mo
Marketing Automation & CRM

Turn Support Chats into Sales Opportunities

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For businesses whose support team hears 'can it also do this?' or 'I'm thinking of cancelling' every day. The AI reads support conversations, spots upgrade interest and unhappy customers, and sends them to the right salesperson or account manager.

From $79/mo
Marketing Automation & CRM

One Place for Customer Contact Preferences

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

For businesses messaging customers by email, text, and other channels who need to respect each person's choices everywhere. We build one preference centre and make every sending tool check it before a message goes out.

From $69/mo
Marketing Automation & CRM

All Your Marketing Data in One Place

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For growing businesses whose customer and sales data is spread across a store, CRM, ad accounts, and email tool. We bring it all into one database, define the key numbers once, and push clean customer segments back into your tools.

From $59/mo
Marketing Automation & CRM

Right-Sized Discounts for Each Customer Group

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For businesses that give the same discount to everyone and lose margin. The AI learns how each customer group responds to offers and suggests the smallest discount that still gets them to buy.

From $509/mo
Marketing Automation & CRM

Meeting Notes That Fill Your CRM

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For sales teams that forget to log calls. After each sales meeting, where everyone has been told it is recorded, the AI writes the summary, pulls out promises and next steps, and updates the deal in your CRM.

From $79/mo
Analytics, Dashboards & Reporting

What Your Marketing Really Adds to Sales

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For businesses spending meaningful amounts on marketing who want to know what truly adds sales, not just which ad got the last click. The model estimates each channel's real added effect and shows where extra spend stops paying.

From $519/mo
Analytics, Dashboards & Reporting

One Trusted Source for Your Business Numbers

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For growing companies where every team reports different numbers. We pull your systems into one versioned data store, define each key number once with tests, and make it available to dashboards and tools.

From $59/mo
Analytics, Dashboards & Reporting

Catch Unusual Patterns in Your Data

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

For businesses where problems show up as odd combinations, like orders up but payments down. The AI watches many numbers together and alerts you when they stop moving the way they normally do, and says which ones caused it.

From $509/mo
Analytics, Dashboards & Reporting

Live Owner Dashboard of Today's Numbers

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

For owners who want to see sales, orders, and sign-ups as they happen, not in tomorrow's report. We build a live dashboard on your own domain that updates second by second and writes a short note on what is unusual today.

From $69/mo
Analytics, Dashboards & Reporting

Sales Forecasts You Can Plan On

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–7 days to build

For businesses planning stock, staff, or cash who need a reliable look ahead. The system combines several forecasting methods, gives a likely range rather than a single guess, and updates as new data comes in.

From $519/mo
Analytics, Dashboards & Reporting

Early Warning Signs for Your Sales

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For businesses that want to know which numbers move before sales do, like quote requests or website visits. The AI tests your numbers to find real early signals and puts them on a simple early-warning dashboard.

From $69/mo
Analytics, Dashboards & Reporting

Know How Many Staff You'll Need

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–7 days to build

For businesses whose busy and quiet times swing, like call centres, restaurants, or support teams. The AI forecasts demand and turns it into how many people you need on each shift.

From $519/mo
Analytics, Dashboards & Reporting

Group Customers by How They Buy

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For businesses treating all customers the same. The AI groups your customers by how they buy, like big occasional spenders or frequent small buyers, describes each group simply, and sends the groups to your marketing tools.

From $519/mo
Analytics, Dashboards & Reporting

Forecast Dashboard Anyone Can Use

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For teams who want to ask 'what if' questions about next quarter without a data analyst. Pick a number, a time ahead, and move sliders for price or spend; the dashboard shows the forecast range and what drives it.

From $69/mo
Analytics, Dashboards & Reporting

Map of Problems Across Your Locations

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

For businesses with several sites, vehicles, or machines. A live map shows where numbers look unusual today and tells you whether it's one site's problem or something affecting everywhere.

From $519/mo
Analytics, Dashboards & Reporting

Watch Competitors' Prices and Moves

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For businesses that need to know when competitors change prices, run out of stock, or launch something. The system gathers public competitor information, compares it with your own numbers, and alerts you to moves that matter.

From $69/mo
Analytics, Dashboards & Reporting

Predict Your Busiest Days Ahead

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

For businesses caught out by sudden rushes. The AI predicts busy peaks over the next days using weather, holidays, local events, and your bookings, so you can staff and stock in time.

From $519/mo
Analytics, Dashboards & Reporting

See Which Products and Customers Make Money

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

For owners who know revenue but not real profit by product, customer, or channel. The explorer lets you slice your margin any way you like and click through to the costs behind it.

From $69/mo
Analytics, Dashboards & Reporting

Weekly Plain-English Report on Your Numbers

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For owners who don't have time to study dashboards. Every week or month, the AI checks all your numbers, picks the changes that really matter, and writes a short plain-English report where every claim links to the figure behind it.

From $59/mo
Analytics, Dashboards & Reporting

Budget Versus Actual, Explained Clearly

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For owners who compare budget with actual results each month and want to know why they differ. The system reconciles your figures, splits each gap into price, volume, and mix, and writes a short commentary you can share.

From $69/mo
Analytics, Dashboards & Reporting

Find Which Numbers Move Together

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For businesses tracking many numbers who want to know which ones are linked. The AI tests relationships, filters out coincidences, and shows the genuine links on a simple dashboard.

From $69/mo
Analytics, Dashboards & Reporting

Sensor Monitoring and Maintenance Alerts

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For businesses with equipment that has sensors, like fridges, compressors, or machines. The system collects sensor readings, cleans them, spots unusual behaviour, and warns you before something is likely to fail.

From $519/mo
Analytics, Dashboards & Reporting

Machine Efficiency Dashboard for Your Factory

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For small manufacturers who want to see how well each machine and line is really running. We turn your machine data into availability, speed, and quality scores and show where time is lost.

From $69/mo
Analytics, Dashboards & Reporting

One Key Number That Shows Your Growth

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For founders who want the whole team focused on one number that reflects real growth. We help choose it, map the smaller numbers that drive it, and build a dashboard that shows what moved it each week.

From $69/mo
Analytics, Dashboards & Reporting

Quick Plain Report on Any Data File

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For teams who get a new spreadsheet or dataset and need to understand it fast. Upload it and the system profiles every column, finds gaps and odd values, runs basic tests, and writes a readable report.

From $69/mo
Reputation & Reviews

Know What Reviews Say About Each Part

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For businesses with many reviews who want to know what customers like and dislike about each part, like service, price, or cleanliness. The AI reads every review and scores each aspect.

One-time $169or monthly from $69/mo
Reputation & Reviews

Early Warning When Reviews Turn Bad

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For businesses that want to know right away when reviews start trending down. The AI watches your ratings and review tone and alerts you when something shifts, before it damages your rating.

From $69/mo
Reputation & Reviews

Sort Complaints by Urgency Automatically

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For businesses receiving complaints by email, forms, and reviews. The AI sorts each complaint by type and urgency and sends urgent ones straight to the right person.

From $69/mo
Reputation & Reviews

All Your Reviews in One Place

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For businesses whose reviews are spread across Google, Facebook, and industry sites. We bring them into one clean inbox, remove duplicates, and give you one combined view of your reputation.

From $69/mo
Reputation & Reviews

Assign Every Review to the Right Person

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For businesses where reviews go unanswered because nobody owns them. The AI scores each review for urgency, decides who should handle it, suggests a reply, and sets a deadline.

From $69/mo
Reputation & Reviews

Your Reviews Compared with Competitors

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For businesses that want to know how their reviews stack up against nearby rivals. The system tracks your review volume, rating, and tone against a chosen set of competitors and alerts you when one starts gaining ground.

From $69/mo
Reputation & Reviews

Win Back Unhappy Customers

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For businesses that get negative reviews and want to put things right with the customer. The AI finds unhappy customers you can help, drafts a genuine recovery message for your approval, and tracks whether the issue was fixed. It never asks anyone to change or remove a review and never offers anything for doing so.

From $69/mo
Reputation & Reviews

What Competitors' Reviews Reveal

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For businesses that want to learn from competitor reviews. The AI reads rivals' reviews, finds what their customers praise and criticise, and shows where you beat them and where they beat you.

One-time $149or monthly from $69/mo
Reputation & Reviews

Best Customer Quotes for Your Marketing

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For businesses with lots of positive reviews they never use. The AI finds the strongest quotes, tags them by product and customer type, and flags whether you have permission before they go into your marketing.

One-time $149or monthly from $69/mo
Reputation & Reviews

Compare Reviews Across All Your Locations

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For businesses with several locations. The system shows each location's rating, tone, reply rate, and weak spots side by side so you can see which branches need help.

From $79/mo
Reputation & Reviews

Review Analysis That Understands Sarcasm

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

For businesses whose review analysis gets fooled by comments like 'great, another hour waiting'. We train a model on your reviews that recognises sarcasm and backhanded praise, so your scores reflect what customers really mean.

One-time $129or monthly from $69/mo
Reputation & Reviews

Turn Review Complaints into Team Tasks

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For businesses where review feedback never reaches the people who can fix it. The AI groups recurring review themes and creates tasks in your project tool for the right team, with real examples attached.

From $69/mo
Reputation & Reviews

Spot Customers Likely to Leave from Reviews

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

For subscription and repeat-purchase businesses where unhappy reviews often come before cancellations. The AI links review tone and unresolved issues with your customer records to flag customers at risk of leaving, so your team can reach out first.

From $509/mo
Reputation & Reviews

Remove Duplicate Reviews from Your Reports

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For businesses whose reviews get copied across several sites, so the same review is counted many times. The system spots the same review appearing in different places and keeps one clean copy, so your numbers are honest. It matches reviews, never reviewers.

One-time $49or monthly from $29/mo
Reputation & Reviews

Map of Where Complaints Come From

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For businesses with several locations or service areas. The AI reads complaints in your reviews and shows on a map where problems cluster and what they are about.

From $69/mo
Reputation & Reviews

Answer the Most-Seen Reviews First

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For busy businesses that cannot reply to every review at once. The system weighs each review by public platform signals, like helpful votes and reviewer level, so your team answers the reviews most people will read first.

From $69/mo
Reputation & Reviews

Catch New Problems Early in Reviews

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For businesses that want to spot a new problem, like a faulty product batch or a slipping service, before it spreads. The AI watches for sudden bursts of negative reviews on one topic and alerts you with real examples.

From $69/mo
Reputation & Reviews

Forecast Where Your Star Rating Is Heading

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For businesses that live by their star rating. The system projects where each location's or product's rating is heading and shows how many new positive reviews it would take to reach a target by a chosen date.

From $69/mo
Reputation & Reviews

Search Every Review You've Ever Received

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For businesses with years of reviews spread across sites. We collect them into one searchable store where you can ask questions like 'what do people say about parking?' and get the answer with real quotes.

From $69/mo
Reputation & Reviews

How Reviews Affect Your Google Maps Ranking

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For local businesses wondering whether more or better reviews would lift them on Google Maps. The system studies your reviews and rankings alongside competitors and shows which review factors seem linked to ranking in your area.

From $69/mo
Reputation & Reviews

Flag Reviews That Don't Match Your Records

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For businesses that get reviews which seem wrong, like complaints about a visit that never happened. The AI compares review claims with your own records and flags inconsistent ones with evidence, so you can reply calmly or use the platform's normal reporting process.

From $59/mo
Reputation & Reviews

Which Customer Feelings Drive Repeat Business

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For businesses that want to know which parts of the experience bring customers back. The system links review and support tone with repeat purchases and shows which aspects matter most for loyalty.

From $519/mo
Local Marketing & Listings

See and Improve Your Google Maps Ranking

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For local businesses that want to know where they appear on Google Maps across their area. We check your ranking at many points around your location, find what holds you back, and give you a prioritised to-do list that we start on.

From $69/mo
Local Marketing & Listings

Predict Local Demand Before It Hits

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–7 days to build

For local businesses whose demand jumps with weather, events, and seasons, like HVAC, ice cream, or roofing. The AI combines local search trends, weather, events, and your own bookings to forecast busy spells days ahead, so ads and staff are ready.

From $519/mo
Local Marketing & Listings

Citation Gap Prospector

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For local businesses missing from the directories and listing sites customers and search engines trust. We map where you are listed, find the valuable sites where you are missing, and work through submissions for you.

One-time $209or monthly from $59/mo
Local Marketing & Listings

Hyperlocal Content Autopilot

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For businesses serving many towns or neighbourhoods. The AI writes genuinely local pages for each area, mentioning real landmarks and local needs, and publishes them on your website with the right search markup.

One-time $209or monthly from $59/mo
Local Marketing & Listings

Alerts When Local Competitors Make a Move

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For local businesses in competitive areas. We watch competitors' Google listings and local search positions and tell you when they change categories, post offers, or gain reviews, with a suggested response.

From $69/mo
Local Marketing & Listings

Complete and Improve Your Google Business Profile

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For local businesses whose Google profile is incomplete or set up by guesswork. The AI compares your categories, services, and attributes with high-ranking businesses like yours and makes the changes most likely to help, with your approval.

One-time $209or monthly from $59/mo
Local Marketing & Listings

Get Found in Near-Me and Voice Searches

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For local businesses that want to show up when people ask their phone 'where's a plumber near me?'. The AI studies the questions people ask, rewrites your pages and FAQs to answer them clearly, and adds the markup search engines read.

One-time $209or monthly from $59/mo
Local Marketing & Listings

Local Landing Pages That Keep Improving

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For businesses running ads to local landing pages. The system tests different headlines, photos, and offers on each local page and automatically shows more of what works for each area and device.

From $59/mo
Local Marketing & Listings

Find and Fix Duplicate or Hidden Listings

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For businesses with duplicate or hidden listings on Google Maps and directories, often after a move or rebrand. The system finds duplicates and suppressed listings and works through merging or reinstating them.

One-time $209or monthly from $59/mo
Local Marketing & Listings

Geo-Fenced Ad Spend Allocator

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For businesses running local ads across several towns or zones. The AI looks at results by area every night and moves budget and radius settings toward the zones bringing customers at the best cost.

From $59/mo
Local Marketing & Listings

Which Local Actions Bring in Revenue

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For local businesses doing many things, posts, reviews, listings, and ads, without knowing which ones bring money. The system joins rankings, profile data, calls, and sales to show which actions led to revenue.

From $69/mo
Local Marketing & Listings

Keep Your Menu or Catalogue Updated Everywhere

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For restaurants and shops whose menus or price lists live in PDFs or a till system and are out of date on Google, delivery apps, and the website. The AI reads your menu, turns it into clean data, and keeps every platform in sync.

From $69/mo
Local Marketing & Listings

Map Pack Photo Optimization AI

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–5 days to build

For local businesses whose Google photos are old, dark, or missing. The AI scores your photos for what customers want to see, plans a steady upload schedule to keep your listing fresh, and tests which cover image draws more clicks.

From $59/mo
Local Marketing & Listings

Local Backlink Prospecting Agent

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

For local businesses that want other local websites, like event pages, associations, and local news, to link to them. The AI finds genuine local link opportunities, drafts friendly personal outreach for your approval, and keeps track of every conversation.

From $69/mo
Local Marketing & Listings

Choose the Right Service Areas

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For service-area businesses like plumbers, cleaners, and mobile groomers. The AI maps where your enquiries come from, how far you drive, and where you rank, then recommends which areas to list and where a second location could help.

From $59/mo
Local Marketing & Listings

Q&A Auto-Curation System

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For local businesses whose listing questions go unanswered or get wrong answers from strangers. The system watches for new questions, drafts accurate answers from your own information for your team to post as the business, and flags misinformation.

From $59/mo
Local Marketing & Listings

Local Event Marketing Autoresponder

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For businesses that run events, like tastings, classes, or live music. Add an event to your calendar and the AI writes the posts and offers, builds a simple event page, schedules everything across your channels, and tracks sign-ups.

From $69/mo
Local Marketing & Listings

Franchise Brand Consistency Auditor

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For franchise brands whose locations drift off-brand on listings, websites, and social posts. The AI audits each location's online presence against your brand standards, scores what is wrong, and creates fix tickets for each location.

From $69/mo
Local Marketing & Listings

Find Local Searches Worth Winning

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For local businesses that are not sure which searches to go after. The AI groups the searches people use to find businesses like yours by intent and difficulty, then gives you a ranked plan of pages and listing changes worth doing first.

From $59/mo
Local Marketing & Listings

Local Offers That Fit Each Area

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For businesses with several locations or delivery zones that want offers matched to local conditions. The system looks at weather, stock levels, and demand in each area and suggests the right offer for that area and day, applied the same to everyone there.

From $69/mo
Local Marketing & Listings

Local PR Signal Amplifier

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For local businesses that want local press coverage. The AI watches local news and community channels for story opportunities, drafts pitches for your approval, and tracks what gets published.

From $69/mo
Local Marketing & Listings

Know Which Calls Are Real Customers

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

For businesses that get many phone calls from ads and listings. Calls recorded with the caller's notice are transcribed, and the AI marks each one by intent, quality, and source, then logs the result in your CRM.

From $79/mo
Local Marketing & Listings

Store Finder and Location Pages

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For brands with several shops or stockists. We build a store finder on your website plus a search-friendly page for each location, and the AI keeps details accurate and the nearest store first for each visitor.

One-time $209or monthly from $59/mo
Local Marketing & Listings

Seasonal Campaign Automation Brain

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For local businesses with busy seasons, like holidays, summer, or back-to-school. The system plans each seasonal campaign, writes the posts and offers, schedules them, and shifts budget toward the busiest weeks.

From $69/mo
Local Marketing & Listings

Alerts When Your Google Listing Numbers Change

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For businesses that rely on Google Maps for calls and visits. The AI watches your listing's views, calls, and direction requests, tells real changes apart from normal ups and downs, and explains the likely cause.

From $59/mo
Local Marketing & Listings

Local Competitor Category Intelligence

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For local businesses that want to know how the top-ranked competitors set up their Google listings. Using a licensed local listings data feed, the AI compares their categories, services, and features and recommends a setup that helps you stand out.

From $59/mo
Local Marketing & Listings

Local Landing Geo-Cluster Builder

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For businesses offering several services across many towns. We build a connected set of pages, one for each service in each priority area, linked so search engines see your strength locally and visitors find the right page fast.

One-time $269or monthly from $59/mo
Local Marketing & Listings

Protect Your Listings from Unwanted Edits

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For businesses whose listings get changed by others: wrong hours, a different phone number, or a moved pin. The system checks your listings against your correct details and alerts you or reverts changes where platforms allow.

From $69/mo
Local Marketing & Listings

Neighborhood Demographic Targeting AI

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For local businesses that advertise by area. The model combines public neighbourhood statistics with your own past campaign results to show which neighbourhoods respond best and which message suits each. It is never used for housing, job, or financial-product ads.

From $59/mo
Local Marketing & Listings

Listing Photo & Content Freshness Bot

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For busy local businesses whose listings go months without a new photo, post, or offer. The system keeps a steady rotation of photos, posts, and offers going out on each platform so your listings always look active.

From $59/mo
Local Marketing & Listings

See Where Local Customers Drop Off

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For local businesses that get views and clicks but fewer calls or visits than expected. The system pieces together the path from listing to website to call or visit and shows where people give up and what to fix first.

From $69/mo
Local Marketing & Listings

Faster, Easier-to-Use Location Pages

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For businesses whose location pages load slowly or are hard to use on phones or with assistive tools. We speed up the pages, fix common problems automatically, and flag accessibility issues for your team to fix.

One-time $209or monthly from $59/mo
Local Marketing & Listings

Local Market Entry Simulator

Always-on · you own it1–3 days to build

For businesses thinking about opening in a new town or area. The model looks at local competitors, search demand, and your own results to estimate how quickly a new location could get found and busy under different marketing budgets.

One-time $129
Local Marketing & Listings

Protect Rankings That Are About to Slip

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For local businesses that depend on ranking well in Google Maps for specific searches and areas. The model tracks how unstable each ranking is and warns you which ones are at risk, so you can defend them before you lose calls.

From $69/mo
Local Marketing & Listings

Local Business Entity Graph Builder

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For businesses whose name gets confused with others or whose details differ across the web. We build a clear structured profile of your business, locations, and services and publish it consistently so search engines and directories understand exactly who you are.

One-time $209or monthly from $59/mo
Business Automation & AI Workflows

Sort and File Documents Automatically

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For businesses buried in incoming paperwork: invoices, contracts, delivery notes, and forms. The AI recognises each document, pulls out key details, names it properly, and files it in the right folder or system, even from mixed scanned batches.

From $29/mo
Business Automation & AI Workflows

Workflow Mining & Automation Discovery

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For owners who feel the team is busy but don't know where the time goes. We read the activity history already stored in your systems, rebuild how work really flows, and show which steps to automate first.

One-time $129or monthly from $69/mo
Business Automation & AI Workflows

Spot Product Defects From Camera Images

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–4 weeks to build

For makers who check products by eye and still let faults slip through. We train a camera system on your own good and bad examples so it flags defects on the line and keeps a record of every check.

From $509/mo
Business Automation & AI Workflows

Supply Chain Exception Management AI

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For businesses that only find out about a late shipment when a customer complains. The system watches your orders, suppliers and stock, warns you early when something is slipping, and suggests what to do next.

From $69/mo
Business Automation & AI Workflows

Automatic Fixer for Broken Data Reports

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For teams whose dashboards quietly go stale or show wrong numbers. The system watches your data feeds every day, catches missing, late or broken data, explains the cause, and fixes the common problems itself.

From $59/mo
Business Automation & AI Workflows

Vendor Risk Assessment Automation

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For businesses that rely on outside suppliers and software vendors but never re-check them after signing. We collect their answers and documents, watch for warning signs in the news, and keep a simple risk list up to date.

From $69/mo
Business Automation & AI Workflows

One Control Panel for All Your Automations

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For businesses with automations scattered across many tools and nobody sure what runs where. We bring them under one control panel that shows every job, retries failures, and tells you what broke.

From $59/mo
Business Automation & AI Workflows

Smart Approval Routing for Purchases and Requests

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For growing teams where approvals sit in someone's inbox for days. The system sends each request to the right person based on your rules, reminds them, and escalates when it stalls.

From $69/mo
Business Automation & AI Workflows

Customer Health Scoring & Playbook Bot

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For subscription businesses that learn a customer is unhappy only when they cancel. The system scores every account's health daily and tells your team exactly what to do for the ones slipping.

From $79/mo
Business Automation & AI Workflows

Automated Tax Document Processing

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For bookkeepers and tax preparers drowning in client paperwork every season. The system reads uploaded forms and receipts, pulls out the numbers, checks they add up, and fills your preparation software for review.

From $39/mo
Business Automation & AI Workflows

Conversational Internal Ops Assistant

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For teams that waste time clicking through many tools for simple tasks. Staff type what they need in plain words, and the assistant looks things up or does the task in your systems, asking first before anything important.

From $69/mo
Business Automation & AI Workflows

See What Really Changed Between Contract Versions

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For owners who receive a 'slightly updated' contract or policy and must spot what changed. The system compares versions by meaning, highlights changed amounts, dates, names and clauses, and sends the marked-up copy to whoever must sign off.

From $39/mo
Video & Visual Content

Turn Your Storyboard Into a Video

One-off · yours forever1–3 days to build

For brands and creators with an idea sketched out but no film budget. Upload your storyboard and the AI generates each scene, smooths the motion and joins them into a finished short video you can edit.

One-time $169
Video & Visual Content

Searchable Library of Your Video Footage

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–4 weeks to build

For anyone sitting on hours of raw footage they can't find their way through. The system cuts footage into shots, labels each one by what is in it, and lets you search it like a library — plus it suggests highlight moments.

One-time $129or monthly from $69/mo
Video & Visual Content

AI Presenter Videos in Many Languages

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For businesses that need someone on screen explaining things but don't want to film. A licensed or fully synthetic presenter reads your script with natural lip movement, in each language you sell in.

From $309/mo
Video & Visual Content

360 Spin Videos of Your Products

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

For online sellers whose flat photos don't show products well. Film a short phone clip around a product and we turn it into a 360 spin, hero shots and lifestyle images for your store.

One-time $49or monthly from $39/mo
Video & Visual Content

Automatic Colour Matching for Your Videos

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 weeks to build

For video makers whose shots look different from camera to camera. The system matches colour and skin tones across your whole edit and flags shots that are too dark or off-colour.

From $39/mo
Video & Visual Content

Animate Characters From Normal Video

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 weeks to build

For creators and studios who want animation from real movement without motion-capture suits. Film someone moving with any camera, and the system turns the movement into animation for your characters.

From $39/mo
Video & Visual Content

Check Videos Follow Your Brand Rules

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 weeks to build

For brands producing lots of videos with many hands involved. Before a video goes out, the system checks logos, colours, fonts and banned content frame by frame and shows exactly what to fix.

From $69/mo
Video & Visual Content

Automatic Highlights From Your Live Streams

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–4 weeks to build

For anyone who streams events and wants clips out fast. The system watches your live stream, spots the exciting moments from sound, motion and keywords, and cuts ready-to-post clips while you're still live.

From $69/mo
Video & Visual Content

Turn Still Photos Into Moving Ads

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 weeks to build

For businesses with good photos but no video. The system adds depth and gentle camera motion to your product or property photos, turning them into eye-catching short video ads.

From $39/mo
Video & Visual Content

AI Backdrops for Green-Screen Filming

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 weeks to build

For small studios and creators who film in front of a green screen. Describe a setting and the AI creates a realistic backdrop, matched to your camera angle and lighting, so it looks like you filmed on location.

From $69/mo
Video & Visual Content

Check Your Video Before You Post It

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For creators and marketers who post videos and hope they work. Before you publish, the AI reviews your hook, pacing and visuals, points to the seconds where viewers are likely to leave, and suggests re-cuts.

From $69/mo
Video & Visual Content

Restore Old and Damaged Video

One-off · yours forever1–3 weeks to build

For businesses and families with old tapes and film that look worn. The system sharpens, cleans scratches, removes flicker and can add colour, bringing archive footage back to life.

One-time $49
Video & Visual Content

Exercise Form Feedback on Workout Videos

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For coaches and fitness brands who can't watch every client's workout. Clients upload a video of an exercise, and the system draws on-screen guides showing their posture and where their form drifts from your reference.

From $69/mo
Video & Visual Content

Living Photos of Your Dishes

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–5 days to build

For restaurants and cafes wanting menus and posts that catch the eye. From a short clip of a dish, the system creates a still photo where only steam, sauce or a drip moves — perfect for screens and social.

From $39/mo
Video & Visual Content

Turn Your Numbers Into Narrated Videos

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For businesses with data worth sharing but no time for animation. Give it a spreadsheet and a short brief, and it builds an animated chart video with voiceover, in your brand style.

From $69/mo
Video & Visual Content

Custom Background Video Clips for Your Content

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For creators and marketers paying for stock footage that never quite fits. The system finds or generates background clips matched to each part of your script, coloured to match your project.

From $429/mo
Video & Visual Content

Narrated Property Tour Videos From Phone Clips

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For agents and hosts who need tour videos but have no videographer. Film each room on a phone, and the system stitches a smooth guided tour with room labels, a mini floor plan and narration.

From $69/mo
Video & Visual Content

Review Production Line Footage for Problems

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–4 weeks to build

For factories with cameras recording the line but nobody watching the footage. The system reviews it, finds defects, missing safety gear at stations and process slips, and compiles short evidence clips for each incident.

From $89/mo
Video & Visual Content

Cut Out Subjects Without a Green Screen

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–4 weeks to build

For video makers who can't set up a green screen. The system separates people or products from any background, cleanly and frame by frame, so you can place them anywhere.

From $39/mo
Video & Visual Content

First Edit of Your Interviews and Podcasts

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For podcasters and video teams buried in long recordings. The system transcribes your raw interviews, removes filler, and proposes a story-shaped first cut that your editor approves or reshuffles.

From $79/mo
Video & Visual Content

Swap Products and Props in Finished Videos

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 weeks to build

For brands that want one video to work in many markets or seasons. The system replaces products, props or set items in finished footage with approved alternatives, keeping it smooth across frames.

From $39/mo
Video & Visual Content

AI Lookbook Photos and Videos for Clothing

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

For fashion brands that can't shoot every item on models. The system shows your garments on a range of AI-generated models in many poses, for lookbooks, product pages and ads.

One-time $129or monthly from $69/mo
Video & Visual Content

Training Videos From Your Work Procedures

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For businesses with written procedures nobody reads. The system turns your step-by-step documents into short training videos per role, with quick questions to check people understood.

One-time $579or monthly from $309/mo
Video & Visual Content

On-Brand Short Videos Made Every Week

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For brands that need a steady flow of short videos but have no editor. Give it your brand kit and content calendar, and it produces short videos every week that always match your colours, fonts and style.

From $69/mo
Video & Visual Content

See Where Viewers Look in Videos

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For marketers who need the key message to be seen. The system predicts where viewers' eyes go across your video and flags moments when your offer or logo is likely missed.

From $69/mo
Video & Visual Content

Endless Ambient Videos for Your Screens

One-off · yours forever2–4 days to build

For shops, waiting areas and venues with screens showing nothing good. The system creates calm, seamless looping videos themed to your brand and season, and schedules them on your screens.

One-time $129
Video & Visual Content

Customer Testimonial Videos, Edited for You

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For businesses with happy customers on video but no time to edit. The system transcribes testimonial clips, finds the strongest moments, and builds a captioned reel — only from customers who gave consent.

From $69/mo
Video & Visual Content

Blur Faces and Private Details in Footage

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 weeks to build

For businesses that publish footage containing bystanders, number plates or screens. The system finds and blurs them consistently through every frame and flags unsure frames for a person to check.

From $39/mo
Video & Visual Content

Animated Explainer Video From Your Pitch

One-off · yours forever2–4 days to build

For founders with a pitch or product doc but no explainer video. The system turns it into an animated explainer with moving text, icons, voiceover and smooth scenes.

One-time $169
Video & Visual Content

Automatic Multi-Camera Editing

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–4 weeks to build

For anyone filming with two or more cameras who dreads the edit. The system watches all angles and the audio, picks the best shot for each moment, and hands your editor a ready-cut timeline.

From $69/mo
Video & Visual Content

Disclosure-Checklist Video Gate

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For businesses whose ads must always carry certain notices or wording. The system checks each finished video against your own checklist, confirming every required line appears, is readable and stays on screen long enough.

From $69/mo
Video & Visual Content

Give All Your Videos a Signature Look

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For creators and brands wanting a distinctive visual style. We teach the system your look from reference examples, then apply it smoothly across your videos.

One-time $49or monthly from $39/mo
Conversion Rate Optimization

Find Where Website Visitors Give Up

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For online businesses losing people between landing and checkout. The system studies each step of your sales path, predicts where visitors are likely to leave, links it to likely causes, and ranks fixes by revenue.

From $69/mo
Conversion Rate Optimization

Test Prices and Offers Safely

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For businesses unsure whether their prices or bundles are right. The system studies how different customer groups respond to price, tests offers carefully on small slices of traffic, and recommends what to try next.

From $69/mo
Conversion Rate Optimization

Evolve Your Website Layout From Real Results

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For businesses unsure which page layout sells best. The system creates many layout versions within your brand rules and lets real visitor results decide which survive and combine.

From $59/mo
Conversion Rate Optimization

Find Customers You Can Still Keep

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–7 days to build

For subscription businesses wasting discounts on customers who'd stay anyway. The system predicts who might leave and, more importantly, who will respond to a retention offer, so you only act where it matters.

From $69/mo
Conversion Rate Optimization

Map How Visitors Move Through Your Site

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For website owners who wonder how people really move through their site. The system groups common visitor paths, shows which ones lead to sales and which trap people in loops, and ranks navigation fixes.

From $69/mo
Conversion Rate Optimization

Speed Up Your Site Where It Pays

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For owners with a slow website and no idea which fix matters. The system links page speed to sales, shows what slowness is likely costing you, and ranks fixes by impact.

From $69/mo
Conversion Rate Optimization

Spot Where Shoppers Hesitate at Checkout

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For online stores that lose buyers at the very last step. With visitor consent and every form field hidden, the system spots hesitation at checkout — re-reading shipping costs, hovering over security badges, going back to the basket — and suggests the reassurance that would help.

From $69/mo
Conversion Rate Optimization

Spot New Customer Groups and Unusual Changes

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

For businesses with lots of customer activity data and no analyst to read it. The system groups customers by how they behave, notices when a group grows, shrinks or changes, flags unusual spikes, and explains every change in plain words.

From $69/mo
Conversion Rate Optimization

Learn What Stops Customers From Buying

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For businesses with many reviews, support tickets and survey answers that nobody has time to read. The system mines them for the doubts and wishes that stop people buying, ranks them, and shows which page sections should answer each one.

From $69/mo
Conversion Rate Optimization

Local Versions of Your Site per Country

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For online businesses selling across countries with one generic site. The system shows each visitor local currency, language, payment options and trust signals, and learns which local touches help people buy in each market.

From $59/mo
Conversion Rate Optimization

Alarm When Sales Suddenly Drop

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

For online businesses that find out about a broken checkout or a failing campaign days later. The system learns your normal sales pattern, alerts you quickly when something drops, and points to the likely cause — a website change, a campaign or one customer group.

From $79/mo
Conversion Rate Optimization

Helpful Chat When Visitors Hesitate

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For websites where valuable visitors hover over the price and then leave. The system notices hesitation, opens a helpful chat at that moment, answers from your own product information and learns which conversation style helps people decide.

From $79/mo
Conversion Rate Optimization

Match Your Ads to Their Landing Pages

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For businesses paying for clicks that bounce straight away. The system compares what each ad promises with the page it lands on, shows which sources bounce because of a mismatch, and writes landing versions that keep the promise.

From $59/mo
Conversion Rate Optimization

See Customer Journeys Across Several Visits

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For businesses whose customers visit many times before buying. Only for logged-in or consenting visitors and using your own IDs, the system joins their visits into one journey, shows where decisions stall and suggests timely follow-ups.

From $69/mo
Conversion Rate Optimization

Improve Your Site Without Invasive Tracking

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For businesses that want to sell more online without invasive tracking. The system runs tests and simple personalisation using only aggregated, privacy-friendly signals and no third-party cookies, and documents every data flow for you.

From $69/mo
Conversion Rate Optimization

Back-in-Stock Alerts That Bring Shoppers Back

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

Shoppers who find an item sold out can ask to be told when it is back. When stock arrives we let them know by email or text, only as many as you have in stock, and you get a weekly list of what people are waiting for so you can reorder the right things.

From $59/mo
Video & Visual Content

Automatic Callouts and Zooms for Demo Videos

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

For companies filming product demos who spend hours adding arrows and zooms. The system follows the presenter's hands and the product on screen and adds callouts, zoom-ins and pointers exactly when each feature is shown.

From $69/mo
Video & Visual Content

Change Weather and Light in Footage

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 weeks to build

For brands and agents whose outdoor footage was shot on a grey day. The system re-lights exterior footage into sunny, golden-hour, evening or seasonal versions, with believable shadows and reflections.

From $39/mo
Web & App Development

Turn Briefs and Notes Into Clear Tasks

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For product teams whose requirements live in scattered briefs, design files and call notes. The system compiles them into one connected list of requirements, flags vague or conflicting ones, and creates tickets with checks for done.

One-time $129or monthly from $59/mo
Web & App Development

Fix Failing Software Builds Automatically

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

For development teams losing hours to failing builds. The system reads each failure log, works out what went wrong, and proposes or applies the right fix, so developers get back to work faster.

From $69/mo
Web & App Development

Component Provenance Graph

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For software teams whose codebase is full of near-duplicate components. The system maps your existing components, suggests reuse before new code is written, and proposes clean-ups to merge duplicates.

From $59/mo
Web & App Development

Make Your React Website Load Faster

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For businesses whose React website or web app feels sluggish. We set up faster page rendering and caching close to visitors, then a speed check stops new code from making pages slow again.

From $59/mo
Web & App Development

DBSchema Evolution Advisor

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For teams who are nervous every time the database structure must change. The system studies how your app really uses its data, writes changes that can be undone, rehearses them on a copy first and suggests indexes that speed up slow screens.

From $59/mo
Web & App Development

Clean Up Old Feature Switches in Code

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For software teams with feature switches piling up and nobody sure which are still needed. The system tracks every switch, spots stale and clashing ones, and writes the clean-up code once a feature is fully live.

From $59/mo
Web & App Development

Run Separate Website Parts as One Site

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For teams whose website is split into parts built by different groups. The system joins the parts into one smooth site, blocks any update that would break another part, and removes duplicate code loaded twice.

From $59/mo
Web & App Development

Build Matching iPhone and Android App Screens

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For businesses building a mobile app who want it to look right on both phones. The system generates app screens from your design for both platforms, checks each follows that platform's habits, and compares screenshots to keep them matching.

One-time $129or monthly from $59/mo
Web & App Development

Cloud Setup Written From a Simple Plan

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For start-ups whose cloud setup was clicked together by hand and nobody dares touch it. Describe what you need, and the system writes the setup as code, checks it against your rules and expected cost, and watches for drift afterwards.

From $59/mo
Web & App Development

Test Your AI Features Before Every Release

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For businesses whose product has AI features that sometimes give wrong or odd answers. We set up a test bench with saved example questions, version-tracked instructions and checks that stop a release when answers get worse.

From $69/mo
Web & App Development

Real-Time Teamwork Editing for Your App

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For software makers who want users to edit the same document or board together, like in shared docs. We add live co-editing, presence dots and offline editing that merges cleanly later.

One-time $129or monthly from $59/mo
Web & App Development

See Why Your App Slows or Fails

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For teams who learn about slow pages and errors from angry customers. We add tracing to your app so every request can be followed end to end, with dashboards and alerts tied to what users actually experience.

From $59/mo
Web & App Development

Web App That Keeps Working Offline

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For businesses whose staff or customers use the app in places with weak signal — sites, warehouses, vans, markets. We build a web app that keeps working offline and safely syncs when the connection returns.

One-time $129or monthly from $69/mo
Web & App Development

Internationalization Autopilot

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For software businesses that want to sell in other countries but have text baked into their code. We set up automatic extraction of every text, layouts that handle longer words and right-to-left languages, and checked translations.

One-time $139or monthly from $69/mo
Web & App Development

Safe Sandbox for AI-Written Code

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For teams whose product or developers run code written by AI, and who worry what that code might touch. We build a locked-down place where every generated script runs first, checked against your own security rules, before it reaches real data.

From $69/mo
Web & App Development

Reliable Multi-Step Processes Between Your Services

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For software teams whose orders, bookings or payments span several services and sometimes get stuck halfway. We build the process so every step either completes or is cleanly undone, and each failure path is checked before launch.

From $59/mo
Web & App Development

Brand Themes That Pass Contrast Checks

One-off · yours forever2–4 days to build

For companies with a brand kit and an app or site that never quite matches it. The system creates light, dark and print themes from your brand, checks every colour combination is readable, and exports ready-to-use settings for your developers.

One-time $129
Web & App Development

Untangle Data Flow in Your Web App

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For teams whose front-end code has become hard to change because data is passed everywhere. The system maps how data flows through your screens, finds tangles and duplication, and proposes a cleaner structure with step-by-step changes.

One-time $129or monthly from $59/mo
Web & App Development

Release Updates to a Few Users First

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For software teams whose releases sometimes break things for everyone at once. Each update goes to a small group first, the system compares errors, speed and sales against the old version, and promotes or rolls back automatically.

From $59/mo
Web & App Development

Voice and Chat Assistant for Your Business

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly4–7 days to build

For businesses that get the same questions by phone and chat every day. We build a voice and chat assistant that understands what customers want, gathers the details needed and answers only from your own information.

From $79/mo
Web & App Development

Generate a Secure App Back End

One-off · yours forever2–4 days to build

For start-ups that know what data and user roles their app needs but not how to build the back end. Describe your data and who may do what, and we generate the back end with checks and tests that try to break the permissions.

One-time $129
Web & App Development

Faster App With Caching That Stays Correct

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For apps that slow down under load but fear showing customers outdated data. The system studies how your data is read and written, sets up caching at the right layers and checks that nobody ever sees stale information.

One-time $129or monthly from $59/mo
Security, Compliance & Performance

SAST Correlation Deduplicator

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For development teams drowning in security scanner warnings, most of them duplicates or impossible to reach. The system combines your scanners, merges repeats, checks which warnings real input could actually trigger, and drafts fixes for the ones that matter.

From $59/mo
Security, Compliance & Performance

Catch Leaked Passwords and Keys in Code

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For teams who worry a password or access key has slipped into code or logs. The system scans commits and build logs, tells real secrets apart from test values, and helps you swap out any leaked key quickly.

From $69/mo
Security, Compliance & Performance

Automatic Attack Testing of Your Web App

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For businesses with a web app or API who have never had it properly tested. We set up an automated tester that knows your app's screens and logins and keeps throwing unusual inputs at it to find weak spots before others do.

From $59/mo
Security, Compliance & Performance

Privacy Data-Flow Mapper

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For businesses who are asked 'where does my data go?' and can't answer. The system traces personal data through your code, databases and outside services and keeps a live map and inventory up to date.

From $59/mo
Security, Compliance & Performance

Limit Which of Your Systems Can Talk

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For businesses whose internal services can all reach each other, so one break-in spreads everywhere. The system watches real traffic between your services, writes rules allowing only the connections that are needed, and tests them on real traffic before switching them on.

From $59/mo
Security, Compliance & Performance

Ransomware Behavioral Interceptor

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For small businesses that couldn't survive having their files locked by ransomware. The system watches your servers for the tell-tale signs — mass file changes, deleted backups, decoy files touched — and cuts the machine off the network the moment it sees them.

From $59/mo
Security, Compliance & Performance

Encryption Posture Auditor

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For tech businesses unsure whether their encryption is current. The system lists every place your code, websites and key stores use encryption, flags weak settings, expiring certificates and keys never changed, and builds a plan to modernise.

From $59/mo
Security, Compliance & Performance

Incident Response Playbook Automator

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For small teams who would panic if they were hacked or had a major outage. We turn your response plan into automatic steps that gather the facts, contain the problem and draft updates to customers and staff.

From $59/mo
Security, Compliance & Performance

Data Retention Lifecycle Governor

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For businesses keeping customer data far longer than needed because deleting feels risky. The system sorts stored data by sensitivity, applies your keep-or-delete schedule, respects records on hold, and keeps a log proving what was deleted.

From $59/mo
Security, Compliance & Performance

Access Certification Autopilot

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For growing companies where staff collect access to tools and nobody removes it. The system compares who has access with who actually uses it, pre-sorts the safe items for one-click confirmation, and sends only the questionable ones to the right owner.

From $59/mo
Security, Compliance & Performance

Attack Surface Discovery Mapper

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For businesses who don't know every website, server and subdomain they have online. The system discovers your internet-facing assets, including forgotten ones, scores how exposed each is and alerts you when something new appears.

From $59/mo
Security, Compliance & Performance

Query Performance Advisor

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For apps whose screens slow down as data grows. The system collects your slowest database queries, groups them by cause, and recommends indexes and rewrites that are tested on a copy before you apply them.

From $59/mo
Security, Compliance & Performance

Capacity & Cost Anomaly Watchdog

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

For businesses whose cloud bill jumps without warning. The system watches your cloud usage and spend every day, alerts you to unusual spikes, and explains which service, team or change caused them.

From $59/mo
Security, Compliance & Performance

Catch Coupon Abuse and Refund Tricks

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

For online businesses losing money to customers who game the system — stacking coupons, abusing refunds or hoarding stock. The system learns what normal shopping looks like and flags unusual sequences that your usual checks miss.

From $59/mo
Security, Compliance & Performance

Never Let a Website Certificate Expire

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For businesses with many websites and services, where one expired security certificate can take a site down. The system finds every certificate, renews and replaces them automatically, and warns about weak or wrongly issued ones.

From $59/mo
Security, Compliance & Performance

Test How Your App Copes With Failures

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For software teams who hope their app survives a crashed server or slow supplier but have never checked. The system runs small, controlled failure tests with strict limits and shows whether users would notice.

From $59/mo
Security, Compliance & Performance

Spot Data Leaving Your Company Unexpectedly

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For businesses holding valuable customer or company data. The system learns what normal outgoing traffic looks like, spots unusual uploads, hidden channels and odd destinations, and slows or blocks suspicious transfers in stages.

From $59/mo
Security, Compliance & Performance

Balance New Features With Reliability

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For software teams torn between shipping fast and keeping the app stable. We set clear reliability targets with you, track how much room for error is left, and hold back risky releases when that room runs out.

From $59/mo
Security, Compliance & Performance

API Security Posture Enforcer

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For businesses whose apps expose APIs nobody has fully listed. The system discovers every API from real traffic and specs, checks for common API weaknesses like seeing other users' data, and enforces rules at the gateway.

From $59/mo
Security, Compliance & Performance

Backup Integrity & Recovery Prover

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For businesses that make backups but have never tried restoring one. The system regularly restores your backups into a sealed-off test space, checks the data is complete and correct, and tells you plainly whether you could recover.

From $59/mo
Web & App Development

Keep Test and Live Settings in Sync

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For software teams bitten by 'it worked in testing'. The system compares the settings of each environment against the agreed source of truth, explains each difference and opens fixes so test and live stay in step.

From $59/mo
Security, Compliance & Performance

Check Suspicious Files Before Anyone Opens Them

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For businesses that receive files from strangers — invoices, attachments and customer uploads. The system inspects each suspicious file and, if needed, opens it safely in a sealed test machine to see what it tries to do.

From $59/mo
Security, Compliance & Performance

Secure Code Guardrail Gate

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For software teams who want security mistakes caught at code review, not after launch. The system checks every pull request for common unsafe patterns — like unsafe database queries or unescaped output — and suggests the exact safe rewrite.

From $69/mo
Security, Compliance & Performance

Know Which Releases Are Risky Before Shipping

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For teams whose outages often follow a release. The system learns from your past changes and incidents which kinds of change tend to cause trouble, scores each new release, and suggests extra care for the risky ones.

From $59/mo
Security, Compliance & Performance

Privileged Session Recording Auditor

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For businesses where a few people have full admin access to servers. Sessions on company systems are recorded, with admins told by a login banner, and the system flags unusual commands and writes a short story of each session.

From $59/mo
Lead Generation & Outreach

Find Companies Most Like Your Best Customers

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For B2B businesses whose salespeople chase whoever is on a list. The system learns what your won deals have in common, finds similar companies showing buying interest, and refreshes a ranked target list in your CRM every week.

From $59/mo
Lead Generation & Outreach

Map Who Decides in Each Target Account

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For B2B sellers who talk to one person and lose because others were deciding. The system groups the contacts and activity already in your CRM into each account's buying group, predicts roles and influence, and flags who is missing.

From $59/mo
Lead Generation & Outreach

Find New Customers Like Your Best Ones

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–7 days to build

For businesses ready to grow beyond their current customers. The system learns what your best customers have in common, searches company databases for close look-alikes most likely to expand, and groups them into named segments with reasons.

From $509/mo
Lead Generation & Outreach

Sort Email Replies and Draft Smart Responses

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For sales teams whose inbox fills with replies — interested, not now, wrong person, objections. The system sorts every reply by intent and objection, sends hot ones to a rep instantly and drafts grounded responses for approval.

From $69/mo
Lead Generation & Outreach

Spot Accounts Ready to Grow or Leave

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly4–8 days to build

For subscription software businesses that want to know which customers are ready to buy more and which are drifting away. The system reads product usage every day, scores each account for growth potential and leaving risk, and tells the account owner why.

From $59/mo
Lead Generation & Outreach

Send Each Prospect the Right Customer Story

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For B2B sellers with case studies nobody can find at the right moment. The system matches each prospect's industry, size and problem to your most relevant proof and writes a one-page brief citing exactly where each claim comes from.

From $69/mo
Lead Generation & Outreach

Pre-Send Checker for Every Outreach Message

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For businesses that send a lot of sales emails and messages and worry about writing to someone who said no. Every message is checked against your opt-out lists, consent records and the rules you approved before it goes out. Anything risky is held back for a person to look at.

From $109/mo
Lead Generation & Outreach

See Which Companies Visit Your Website

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For business-to-business sellers whose website gets visits but few form fills. It shows which companies, never which people, are reading your pages and how interested they look. The best-fit companies go straight into your CRM for follow-up.

From $79/mo
Lead Generation & Outreach

Find Warm Introductions to Target Clients

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For small teams who want introductions instead of cold emails. We map who on your team knows whom, using your own contacts and CRM history, and show the best warm route into each company you want to win. The AI drafts a polite introduction request for your colleague to approve.

From $59/mo
Lead Generation & Outreach

Tailored Campaigns for Each Customer Group

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For businesses sending the same message to everyone. The AI splits your leads into small groups that behave alike and writes a message angle for each group, backed by your real proof points. You approve every campaign before it goes out.

From $59/mo
Lead Generation & Outreach

Follow-Up Emails That Adapt to Each Lead

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

For businesses whose leads go quiet after the first contact. Each lead gets follow-up emails that change based on what they open and click. Leads that look ready are passed to you, and cold ones get a fresh approach later instead of more of the same.

From $69/mo
Lead Generation & Outreach

Private Coaching for Your Sales Messages

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For small sales teams that want every rep writing and talking like their best. The AI reviews each rep's emails and recorded calls, with everyone's notice, and gives each rep private tips on their own work. Managers only see team-wide patterns, never rankings.

From $69/mo
Lead Generation & Outreach

Turn Trade Show Contacts Into Meetings

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For businesses that exhibit at trade shows and lose leads afterwards. We take your badge scans and opted-in attendee lists, rank who fits best, and write follow-ups based on the sessions they attended. Meetings get booked into your event calendar once a rep approves.

From $69/mo
Lead Generation & Outreach

Local Business Prospect Map and Visit Plans

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For businesses that sell to other local businesses in person. The AI maps companies in your area, scores which fit you best, and plans efficient visit routes. Each pitch uses real local details like their reviews and opening hours, and follow-up is by visits, letters or business email only.

From $69/mo
Lead Generation & Outreach

Personal Follow-Up Videos for Each Prospect

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

For sellers who want to stand out in follow-up after a first conversation. You record one base video, and the AI writes a short personal intro and thumbnail for each prospect based on your CRM notes. Every script is checked by a person before it is sent.

From $69/mo
Lead Generation & Outreach

Bring Old and Lost Leads Back

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For businesses with a pile of leads that went quiet or said no. The AI finds which ones are worth trying again and writes a fresh message tied to what has changed since. Sends are approved by you and kept to a safe number.

From $69/mo
Lead Generation & Outreach

Partner Referral Matching and Tracking

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For businesses that get work through partner firms. The AI finds which of your target accounts are a good fit for both you and a partner, drafts joint introductions for both sides to approve, and keeps score of who referred what.

From $69/mo
Lead Generation & Outreach

Daily To-Do List for Your Sales Reps

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For sales teams juggling many leads across tools. Each rep gets one ranked list of who to contact next and why, with the message already drafted. Response-time timers make sure hot leads are never left waiting.

From $89/mo
Lead Generation & Outreach

Keep All Outreach in Your Brand Voice

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

For businesses using AI to write outreach that sounds generic or off-brand. We train a writing model on your approved messages so drafts sound like you, and a checker blocks anything with banned phrases or claims you have not approved.

One-time $969or monthly from $509/mo
Lead Generation & Outreach

Chat Assistant That Collects Opt-In Consent

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For businesses that need clear, provable opt-ins before marketing. A friendly chat on your site asks visitors what they want to hear about and on which channels. It saves the exact wording shown and the time, and updates every marketing tool you use.

From $79/mo
Lead Generation & Outreach

Map How Big Your Market Really Is

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For founders who need to know how many possible customers exist and where. The AI builds a map of every company that matches your ideal customer, counts each segment and estimates its value. You see which groups you have barely touched.

One-time $129or monthly from $59/mo
Lead Generation & Outreach

Find New Niches Ready for Your Offer

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For businesses looking for their next group of customers. The AI reads job posts, review sites and industry forums to spot small industries showing need for what you sell. It ranks each niche and suggests how to approach it.

From $59/mo
Lead Generation & Outreach

Thoughtful Client Gifts at the Right Moment

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For businesses whose big clients deserve a personal touch. The AI spots key moments like a renewal, a milestone or a new contract, suggests a gift and writes a personal note. You approve each one and the budget limits keep spending in check.

From $59/mo
Lead Generation & Outreach

Find People Asking for What You Sell

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For businesses whose customers ask for advice online. The AI watches public social posts and communities for questions and complaints your offer solves. It drafts a genuinely helpful reply for you to approve before anything is posted.

From $99/mo
Lead Generation & Outreach

One Clean Home for All Sales Data

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For growing teams whose sales, marketing and product data live in separate tools. We bring it all into one tidy store that every lead score and report draws from. The AI watches data quality and warns you before reports start going wrong.

From $59/mo
Customer Support & Communication

See Why Customers Contact Support

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For businesses buried in repeat support questions. The AI looks at all your tickets and chats to show where your help pages work, where they fail, and which missing answers create the most contacts. You get a ranked list of fixes.

One-time $169or monthly from $99/mo
Customer Support & Communication

Warns Before Support Tickets Miss Deadlines

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly4–8 days to build

For support teams that promise reply or fix times to customers. The AI looks at every open ticket and warns you which ones are likely to miss their deadline, based on queue size, complexity and who is busy. Risky tickets rise to the top before it is too late.

From $509/mo
Customer Support & Communication

Tell Customers About Problems Before They Ask

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For businesses whose service sometimes goes down or runs late. When your monitoring spots a problem, the AI works out which customers are affected and drafts a clear, honest update for you to approve. Customers hear from you first, so fewer of them contact support.

From $59/mo
Customer Support & Communication

All Customer Messages in One Inbox

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For businesses answering customers on email, chat, WhatsApp and social all at once. Every message lands in one shared inbox, linked to the same customer whichever channel they use. The AI routes each one to the right person and keeps the full conversation history together.

From $109/mo
Customer Support & Communication

Suggests the Best Saved Reply Per Ticket

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For support teams with lots of saved replies but no idea which ones work. The AI learns which saved replies and help articles actually solve each type of ticket and suggests the best one as the agent opens it. Customer details are filled in automatically.

From $99/mo
Customer Support & Communication

Spot Unhappy Customers Before They Leave

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For businesses that only learn a customer was unhappy when they cancel. The AI reads each conversation and predicts how satisfied the customer is and whether they might leave. Your team gets a short daily list of people to reach out to.

From $509/mo
Customer Support & Communication

Community Forum That Answers Questions Itself

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For businesses running a customer community or forum. When someone asks a question, the AI finds the best existing answer and drafts a reply for a moderator to approve. It also spots popular questions nobody has answered yet and turns good answers into help articles.

From $69/mo
Customer Support & Communication

Check Support Replies Before They Send

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For businesses that must be careful what their support team says. Every reply is checked against the wording, disclosure and personal-data rules your team sets. Problems are blocked or corrected before sending, and a permanent log shows what was said.

From $99/mo
Customer Support & Communication

Ready-to-Send Reply Drafts for Every Ticket

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For support teams that spend most of the day typing answers. The AI writes a full reply for every ticket with links to where the facts came from. Your agent checks it and sends with one click, and the AI learns from every edit.

From $89/mo
Customer Support & Communication

Find What Makes Customers Need Help

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For businesses whose customers keep getting stuck at the same points. The AI joins your support conversations with how people use your site or product to show exactly where they get confused. You get a ranked list of fixes to the product or help content.

From $69/mo
Customer Support & Communication

Warmer, On-Brand Support Replies

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For businesses whose support replies sound cold or robotic. The AI rewrites replies in your brand's tone, warmer when a customer is upset and more direct when they are in a hurry. It blocks dismissive phrases and keeps language simple and inclusive.

From $89/mo
Customer Support & Communication

Timely Renewal and Reminder Messages

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For businesses with renewals, warranties or usage limits that catch customers by surprise. The AI spots these moments coming and prepares a helpful, well-timed message for you to approve. Customers get answers before they need to ask.

From $69/mo
Customer Support & Communication

Photo-Based Help for Product Problems

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–5 days to build

For businesses whose customers struggle to describe what is wrong with a product. Customers send a photo, the AI compares it with your manuals and known issues, checks warranty status and suggests the next step. Anything that could be a safety concern goes straight to a person.

From $69/mo
Customer Support & Communication

Automatically Sort Support Tickets by Topic

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For support teams whose ticket categories are messy or missing. The AI reads your past tickets, builds a clear list of topics and sub-topics, and then tags every new ticket. You finally see what customers contact you about.

One-time $49or monthly from $39/mo
Customer Support & Communication

Fast-Track Your Most Valuable Customers

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For businesses where some customers are worth special care. The AI recognises messages from your top accounts using your CRM, sends them straight to your best people, and adds a short summary so nobody asks them to repeat themselves.

From $69/mo
Customer Support & Communication

Shows Agents the Fix That Usually Works

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

For support teams where tickets bounce back and forth. The AI learns from your past solved tickets which fix works best for each problem and shows agents the most likely answer first. More problems get solved in one reply.

From $509/mo
Customer Support & Communication

Shared Customer Memory for Your AI

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

For businesses whose customer details are scattered across many tools. We pull it all into one organised memory so your chatbots and team can instantly look up a customer's history, orders and preferences. Answers become personal instead of generic.

From $99/mo
Customer Support & Communication

Decides Which AI Replies Send Automatically

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For businesses starting to use AI for support replies but nervous about mistakes. The system decides which replies can go straight out and which need a person to check, based on confidence, topic risk and customer importance. As the AI proves itself, more replies go out automatically.

From $89/mo
Customer Support & Communication

Early Warning for New Customer Problems

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

For businesses that find out about a product problem only when complaints pile up. The AI watches incoming tickets for new kinds of complaints and sudden spikes. You get an alert with examples as soon as a new issue starts to grow.

From $69/mo
Customer Support & Communication

Support Assistant That Sticks to Approved Answers

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For businesses that need a support assistant that never makes things up. It answers only from your approved help content, shows where each answer came from, and hands over to a person when a question goes beyond what it may answer. Off-limits topics get your approved polite response.

From $89/mo
Websites & Landing Pages

Website Check-Up With a Fix Plan

One-off · yours forever1–3 days to build

For owners who suspect their website is losing them customers but do not know why. We scan your live site for problems like slow mobile pages, missing reviews, broken link previews and weak copy. You get a clear list of fixes ranked by what matters most, with before-and-after mockups.

One-time $209
AI Voice Agents

AI Phone Receptionist

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–5 days to build

A voice AI that answers your business phone in a natural voice, greets callers, answers your FAQs, takes messages, and routes urgent calls to you — trained on your business.

From $279/mo
AI Voice Agents

AI Outbound Follow-Up Caller

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–5 days to build

A voice AI that calls back new leads within minutes of them asking for a call and ticking your call-consent box, says up front that it is an AI, and books the next step — the follow-up you never have time to do. It never calls anyone without recorded consent.

From $229/mo
AI Voice Agents

AI Reservation & Waitlist Line

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–5 days to build

A voice AI that takes reservations, manages your waitlist, and fills cancellations by calling the next guest — well suited to restaurants, salons and studios.

From $69/mo
Business Automation & AI Workflows

AI Refund & Return Handler

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

An AI agent that reads the request, checks your policy, processes the refund or return in your system, and replies to the customer — closing the loop automatically.

From $69/mo
Business Automation & AI Workflows

AI Tool-Connector Automation

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

We connect your disconnected tools (forms, CRM, email, spreadsheets, invoicing) so data flows automatically and the manual copy-paste between them disappears.

From $79/mo
Business Automation & AI Workflows

AI Invoice & Expense Processor

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

An AI agent that reads invoices and receipts, extracts every line, codes them correctly, and files them into your accounting — no more manual data entry.

From $29/mo
Marketing Automation & CRM

AI CRM Auto-Updater

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

An AI agent that logs every call (where callers were told it is recorded), email and interaction into your CRM automatically, updates statuses, and flags who needs follow-up — a clean CRM with zero admin.

From $79/mo
Business Automation & AI Workflows

AI Order Fulfillment Automation

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

An AI agent that takes each new order, updates inventory, triggers fulfillment, and keeps the customer informed automatically — end to end.

From $69/mo
Business Automation & AI Workflows

AI Onboarding Automation

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

An AI agent that runs your onboarding — sends the right docs, collects what's needed, sets up accounts, and checks nothing was missed — the same great start every time.

From $59/mo
Customer Support & Communication

AI Support Agent That Resolves

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

An AI agent that reads the customer's problem, takes the real action to fix it (refund, reschedule, update, look-up), and only escalates the truly hard ones — cutting your ticket load dramatically.

From $79/mo
AI Chatbots & Assistants

AI Live-Chat Concierge

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

A live-chat AI that answers visitor questions from your real info, guides them to the right product, and captures the sale or lead — grounded, never made-up.

From $79/mo
Customer Support & Communication

AI WhatsApp Business Agent

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

An AI agent on your WhatsApp Business that answers questions, shares your catalogue, books and takes orders — meeting customers where they already are.

From $79/mo
Video & Visual Content

Fresh Ad Creatives and Product Copy Monthly

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

We produce a steady stream of on-brand ad creatives, product descriptions and creator-style content that is clearly the brand's own (never presented as real customer reviews or testimonials) so your ads and store never go stale.

From $59/mo
Business Automation & AI Workflows

AI Document & Form Processor

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

An AI that reads your incoming documents and forms, pulls the key data, and files it where it belongs — the end of manual paperwork.

One-time $49or monthly from $29/mo
Lead Generation & Outreach

AI Sales Development Rep (SDR)

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

An AI SDR that researches companies that fit your ideal customer from company-level public data, drafts personalized emails for you to approve and send one-by-one from your own mailbox with an opt-out line, follows up with people who reply, and books meetings into your calendar.

From $69/mo
Reputation & Reviews

AI Review-Request Agent

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

An AI that asks every customer for a review at a well-timed moment, across email and text, and alerts you to any unhappy reply so you can fix the problem — without filtering who gets asked.

From $69/mo
Local Marketing & Listings

AI Local-Presence Agent

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

An AI that keeps your Google Business Profile and every listing optimized, posts weekly, and drafts review replies — the groundwork local-pack visibility is built on (no ranking is guaranteed).

From $59/mo
Business Automation & AI Workflows

AI Bookkeeping Assistant

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

An AI that categorizes every transaction, reconciles accounts, and flags anything odd — clean, current books without the manual work.

From $69/mo
E-commerce & Online Stores

Smart Add-On Suggestions at Checkout

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

An AI that suggests a relevant add-on to each customer at a well-timed moment — bigger baskets without discounting.

From $509/mo
Email & SMS Marketing

AI Win-Back Campaigns

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

An AI that spots customers who've gone quiet and runs personalized win-back offers across email and text to customers who opted in to marketing — revenue you'd written off.

From $69/mo
Lead Generation & Outreach

AI Referral Program

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

An AI that runs your referral program — asks at the right time, tracks rewards, and nudges — word-of-mouth on autopilot.

From $59/mo
Marketing Automation & CRM

AI Loyalty & Rewards System

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

A done-for-you loyalty program that rewards repeat customers automatically and brings them back more often.

From $79/mo
Paid Advertising

AI Google Ads Manager

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

A done-for-you Google Ads setup: campaign structure, keywords and ad copy ready to launch, conversion tracking, and a weekly optimisation checklist so your ads keep improving week by week.

From $59/mo
Paid Advertising

AI Meta Ads Manager

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

A done-for-you Meta ads system: creative, targeting and optimization handled, so your ad budget finally pays off.

From $59/mo
Video & Visual Content

AI Product Photo Enhancer

One-off · yours forever3–5 days to build

We turn your ordinary product photos into clean, professional, store-ready images that sell.

One-time $49
Video & Visual Content

AI Virtual Staging

One-off · yours forever2–4 days to build

We virtually stage and enhance property or space photos so they present the space well, clearly labelled as virtually staged.

One-time $49
Web & App Development

AI Booking & Client Portal

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

A branded client portal where customers book, pay, upload and track — looking bigger and more professional than you are.

From $189/mo
Web & App Development

AI Membership Site

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

A done-for-you membership site with gated content, payments and member management — a new income stream, built for you.

From $189/mo
E-commerce & Online Stores

AI Online Store Setup

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

We build your complete online store — products, payments, shipping, the lot — so you can start selling online this week.

One-time $199or monthly from $189/mo
Social Media Management

AI Social Media Manager

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

A done-for-you social media system that plans, writes, designs and schedules your posts across every platform.

From $59/mo
Websites & Landing Pages

AI Website That Sells

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

We design and build a fast, beautiful website engineered to turn visitors into customers — ready to launch and grow your business.

One-time $269or monthly from $159/mo
Security, Compliance & Performance

AI Data-Backup & Security Guard

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

A done-for-you backup and security setup that backs up your files and customer data, tests that restores work, and alerts you to suspicious activity it detects.

From $59/mo
Security, Compliance & Performance

AI Website Speed & Health Fixer

One-off · yours forever2–4 days to build

We diagnose and fix everything slowing your website down, so it loads instantly, ranks better, and loses fewer customers.

One-time $209
Marketing Automation & CRM

AI Event & Webinar System

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

A complete event system — registration page, reminders, follow-ups — that fills your event and nurtures every attendee.

One-time $129or monthly from $179/mo
Autonomous AI Agents & Orchestration

AI Researcher That Writes Market Reports

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

A deployed agent that decomposes a research brief into sub-questions, pulls from web sources, filings, review sites and your CRM, then writes a cited report with a confidence-scored findings table. It reruns on a schedule and diffs each new report against the last to surface what changed.

From $59/mo
Autonomous AI Agents & Orchestration

Procurement Sourcing Agent

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

An agent that takes a purchase requirement, finds qualified suppliers, requests and normalizes quotes over email, and builds a scored comparison against your criteria (price, lead time, MOQ, compliance). It drafts the PO and holds it at a human-approval checkpoint before anything is sent.

From $59/mo
Autonomous AI Agents & Orchestration

One Price Change, Updated Everywhere You Sell

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

Change a price once and we update it everywhere: the till, your online shop, your marketplace listings and your shelf labels. Afterwards every place is checked, and you get a list of anywhere still showing the old price.

From $59/mo
Autonomous AI Agents & Orchestration

Trend & Whitespace Scout Agent

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

An agent that scans forums, marketplaces, search-trend data and reviews in your category to detect emerging demand and unmet needs, clustering them into opportunity themes with evidence. It ranks whitespace by momentum and difficulty and refreshes the map monthly.

From $59/mo
Autonomous AI Agents & Orchestration

Lead Research & Enrichment Agent

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

An agent that takes raw inbound or list leads, enriches each with firmographics, tech stack, funding and buying signals, then scores fit against your ICP and writes a one-line rationale. It syncs the enriched, scored record straight into your CRM and flags junk for review.

From $29/mo
Autonomous AI Agents & Orchestration

Outbound Prospecting Research Agent

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

An agent that builds targeted company lists from your ICP using company-level public data only (no scraped personal contact lists), researches each account for a genuine trigger event, and drafts a personalized first-touch grounded in that trigger. Every draft is queued for human approval and sent one-by-one from your own mailbox with an opt-out line, with the research shown alongside.

From $69/mo
Autonomous AI Agents & Orchestration

Keeps Your Sales Pipeline Clean Nightly

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

An agent that audits your CRM pipeline nightly for stale deals, missing next-steps, wrong stages and duplicate opportunities, then applies fixes it's authorized for and queues the rest for the owning rep. It posts a daily hygiene report with what it changed and what needs a human.

From $59/mo
Autonomous AI Agents & Orchestration

Inbox Triage & Act Agent

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

An agent that reads a shared inbox, classifies each message by intent, drafts the right reply from your knowledge base, and completes the linked action — booking, refund, lookup — for the categories you authorize. Anything outside its authority is escalated with a suggested response for a human to approve.

From $89/mo
Autonomous AI Agents & Orchestration

Executive Digest & Escalation Agent

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

An agent that aggregates signals from email, chat, tickets, dashboards and calendars into a prioritized daily brief for a leader, flagging what needs a decision today. It can execute pre-approved responses (accept, delegate, schedule) on the leader's behalf and logs each one.

From $59/mo
Autonomous AI Agents & Orchestration

Recruiting Scheduling & Coordination Agent

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

An agent that runs interview logistics end-to-end: matching candidate and panel availability, booking rooms/links, sending prep materials, and rescheduling when someone drops. It keeps the ATS status in sync and escalates only genuine conflicts to the recruiter.

From $59/mo
Autonomous AI Agents & Orchestration

Data Reconciliation Agent

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

An agent that pulls records from two or more systems (e.g. CRM vs billing, PMS vs ledger), matches them with fuzzy keys, and classifies every mismatch by root cause. It auto-corrects the discrepancies you authorize and files the rest as review cases with proposed fixes.

From $59/mo
Autonomous AI Agents & Orchestration

CRM Hygiene & Dedupe Agent

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

An agent that continuously scans your CRM for duplicate accounts/contacts, malformed fields, and orphaned records, then merges and normalizes within rules you set. It presents ambiguous merges as review cards and keeps a reversible log of every change.

One-time $49or monthly from $29/mo
Autonomous AI Agents & Orchestration

Data-Migration & Mapping Agent

Always-on · you own it1–3 days to build

An agent that profiles a source dataset, proposes a field mapping to the target schema, transforms and validates records in batches, and reports every row it couldn't map cleanly. It runs a dry-run with a human sign-off before committing any writes to the destination system.

One-time $69
Autonomous AI Agents & Orchestration

Product-Catalog Enrichment Agent

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

An agent that audits your product catalog for missing attributes, weak titles/descriptions, and mis-categorized SKUs, then generates and writes back enriched, on-brand content. It validates against your taxonomy and holds bulk changes for merchandiser approval.

One-time $49or monthly from $29/mo
Autonomous AI Agents & Orchestration

Compliance-Monitoring Agent

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

An agent that continuously checks your operations, content and records against your own codified internal policies, flags violations with the offending evidence, and opens remediation tasks routed to owners. It keeps an evidence trail of every check and escalates high-severity findings immediately.

From $69/mo
Autonomous AI Agents & Orchestration

Regulatory-Change Watch Agent

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

An agent that monitors regulators, standards bodies and legislative feeds relevant to your business, summarizes each change with a link to the source, and lists the internal documents that mention the same topic. It routes each item to the owner you name (your counsel or compliance lead) to decide what, if anything, changes; it monitors and summarises, it does not interpret the law.

From $59/mo
Autonomous AI Agents & Orchestration

Supplier Risk Monitoring Agent

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

An agent that continuously monitors your suppliers for financial distress, adverse media, and delivery-performance decay, scoring each on a risk index. It opens a review case and drafts a mitigation plan when a supplier crosses a risk threshold.

From $59/mo
Autonomous AI Agents & Orchestration

AP Invoice Processing Agent

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

An agent that ingests supplier invoices from email and portals, extracts line items, three-way matches them against POs and receipts, and routes exceptions for approval. It schedules clean invoices for payment within terms and posts everything to your accounting system with an audit trail.

From $29/mo
Autonomous AI Agents & Orchestration

Accounts-Receivable Collections Agent

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

An agent that watches your aging report, sequences email payment reminders to your business customers (B2B invoices only, never consumer debts) by account and relationship, and offers payment plans within pre-set terms. It escalates disputes and hardship cases to a human and logs every promise-to-pay.

From $59/mo
Autonomous AI Agents & Orchestration

Bank Reconciliation Agent

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

An agent that pulls bank feeds and your ledger, matches transactions automatically, and categorizes and proposes journal entries for the unmatched. It flags suspicious or duplicate transactions and holds all entries for accountant approval before posting.

From $69/mo
Autonomous AI Agents & Orchestration

Month-End Close Checklist Run For You

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

An agent that drives the close checklist, kicking off accruals, reconciliations and inter-company entries in dependency order, chasing owners for their sub-tasks, and tracking readiness in real time. It blocks the close from advancing until each control passes and a controller signs off.

From $59/mo
Autonomous AI Agents & Orchestration

Expense Audit & Policy Agent

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

An agent that reviews every submitted expense against your policy, receipts and duplicate history, auto-approving clean claims and flagging violations with the specific rule cited. It routes edge cases to managers and builds a spend-anomaly report for finance.

From $59/mo
Autonomous AI Agents & Orchestration

Payroll Exception Agent

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

An agent that pre-checks each payroll run for anomalies — missing hours, out-of-band pay changes, pay-code mismatches, and missing tax-setup fields — before it's committed. It gives payroll a triaged exception list with proposed fixes and holds high-risk items for payroll's sign-off.

From $59/mo
Autonomous AI Agents & Orchestration

Tax-Document Collection Agent

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

An agent that runs client/vendor tax-document gathering season: identifying who owes what, sending reminders, validating uploads for completeness, and chasing missing items until the file is complete. It flags mismatches (e.g. W-9/TIN issues) and hands a ready package to the preparer.

From $79/mo
Autonomous AI Agents & Orchestration

Warranty Claim Processing Agent

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

An agent that intakes warranty claims, verifies coverage and serial/purchase records, requests missing evidence, and adjudicates within policy to approve, deny or route repairs. It drafts the customer decision letter and escalates ambiguous claims to a specialist.

From $59/mo
Autonomous AI Agents & Orchestration

Ticket Deflection & Routing Agent

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

An agent that reads each new support ticket, resolves the ones it can from your knowledge base with a grounded answer, and routes the rest to the right queue with a diagnosis and priority. It enriches tickets with account context and flags likely churn or escalation risk.

From $89/mo
Autonomous AI Agents & Orchestration

Review Response & Reputation Agent

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

An agent that monitors reviews across Google, Yelp, marketplaces and app stores, drafts on-brand responses tuned to sentiment and issue, and routes serious complaints to a manager before posting. It tracks reputation trends and surfaces recurring product/service problems.

From $69/mo
Autonomous AI Agents & Orchestration

Social Listening & Response Agent

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

An agent that monitors social platforms and communities for brand mentions, categorizes each by intent (complaint, lead, question, praise), and drafts or routes the right action. Sensitive or high-reach mentions are held for a human before any public reply.

From $79/mo
Autonomous AI Agents & Orchestration

Appointment No-Show Recovery Agent

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

An agent that predicts no-show risk, runs tailored reminder and confirmation sequences, and automatically fills freed slots from a waitlist when a cancellation happens. It reschedules within your booking rules and escalates VIP or sensitive cases to staff.

From $69/mo
Autonomous AI Agents & Orchestration

Runs Your Content From Idea to Published

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

An agent that runs your content work from brief to publish: assigning tasks, drafting and routing for edits, checking brand and SEO guidelines, and scheduling approved pieces across channels. It keeps the editorial calendar in sync and blocks anything that fails a required check.

From $59/mo
Autonomous AI Agents & Orchestration

SEO Site-Audit-and-Fix Agent

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

An agent that crawls your site, diagnoses technical and on-page SEO issues (broken links, missing meta, thin content, schema gaps, Core Web Vitals), and applies the fixes it's authorized to make via your CMS. Riskier changes are staged as a diff for approval, with a rollback path.

One-time $209or monthly from $59/mo
Autonomous AI Agents & Orchestration

Website Broken-Link & Sitemap Repair Agent

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

An agent that continuously crawls your site for broken links, orphan pages and sitemap errors, then fixes redirects and regenerates the sitemap within rules. It queues ambiguous 404s (delete vs redirect) for an editor and reports what it repaired.

From $59/mo
Autonomous AI Agents & Orchestration

Accessibility Audit-and-Fix Agent

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

An agent that scans your site against WCAG, prioritizes violations by severity and traffic, and applies safe remediations (alt text, ARIA, contrast, focus order) through the CMS. Structural changes are proposed as diffs for a developer to approve.

One-time $209or monthly from $59/mo
Autonomous AI Agents & Orchestration

Podcast & Video Repurposing Agent

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

An agent that ingests each new long-form episode, extracts the best moments, and produces platform-tailored clips, captions, show notes, and social posts scheduled across channels. It routes anything sensitive or off-brand to a human before publishing.

From $29/mo
Autonomous AI Agents & Orchestration

Newsletter Curation & Send Agent

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

An agent that gathers candidate stories from your sources, curates and summarizes them to your editorial voice, assembles the issue, and schedules the send after a human approves the final draft. It personalizes sections by segment and tracks engagement to refine future issues.

From $59/mo
Autonomous AI Agents & Orchestration

New Hire Setup Done Before Day One

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

An agent that runs new-hire onboarding across IT, HR and facilities: creating accounts and access within role policy, ordering equipment, scheduling training, and tracking every task to completion. Access grants beyond baseline require a manager's approval.

From $59/mo
Autonomous AI Agents & Orchestration

Incident-Response Triage Agent

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

An agent that watches your monitoring and alerting stack, correlates related alerts into a single incident, enriches it with recent deploys and logs, and proposes a probable cause and severity. It pages the right on-call, opens the incident channel, and drafts the status update — executing remediation only from an approved runbook.

From $59/mo
Autonomous AI Agents & Orchestration

Log-Anomaly Investigation Agent

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

An agent that continuously baselines your logs and metrics, detects anomalies, and runs a scripted investigation — querying traces, correlating with changes, and narrowing to a likely cause. It files a findings ticket with evidence and recommends a fix, escalating to an engineer for any action.

From $59/mo
Autonomous AI Agents & Orchestration

Security Patch & Vulnerability Triage Agent

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

An agent that ingests vulnerability scans and advisories, correlates them to your actual asset inventory, prioritizes by exploitability and exposure, and opens remediation tickets with the fix. It can stage patches in non-prod but requires change approval before any production rollout.

From $59/mo
Autonomous AI Agents & Orchestration

Cloud-Cost Optimization Agent

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

An agent that continuously analyzes your cloud spend, identifies idle, oversized and untagged resources, and quantifies savings for each. It applies safe, reversible fixes (stop idle, rightsize dev) within policy and holds production changes for engineering approval.

From $59/mo
Autonomous AI Agents & Orchestration

Change-Management Approval Agent

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

An agent that intakes change requests, assesses risk and blast radius, checks for conflicting changes and freeze windows, and assembles the approval package for the CAB. It auto-approves low-risk standard changes within policy and routes the rest with a recommendation.

From $59/mo
Autonomous AI Agents & Orchestration

Legal Intake & Conflict-Check Agent

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

An agent that handles new-matter intake: capturing the inquiry, searching your client/matter database for potential conflict matches, routing by the practice areas you define, and assembling the engagement package. Every potential match and the final conflict decision go to an attorney before any engagement letter goes out; it never gives the enquirer legal advice.

From $69/mo
Autonomous AI Agents & Orchestration

RFP Response Assembly Agent

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

An agent that parses an incoming RFP into a requirements matrix, drafts answers from your approved content library, flags gaps needing an SME, and assembles a compliant response document. It tracks deadlines and holds the final for a bid-owner's approval before submission.

From $59/mo
Autonomous AI Agents & Orchestration

Property Listing Syndication Agent

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

An agent that takes a new property listing, generates channel-tailored copy and media sets, publishes to portals and social, and keeps status (price, availability) synced across all of them. It corrects portal rejections automatically and flags policy issues for the agent.

From $69/mo
Autonomous AI Agents & Orchestration

Repair Requests Sent to the Right Contractor

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For landlords and property managers juggling repair requests by phone and text. The AI takes each request, decides how urgent it is, picks a suitable contractor, and books the job within your budget rules. Tenants get updates, and emergencies or costly jobs come straight to you.

From $59/mo
Autonomous AI Agents & Orchestration

Grant Discovery & Application Agent

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

An agent that scans grant databases and funder sites for opportunities matching your mission and eligibility, ranks them by fit and effort, and drafts applications from your organizational content library. It tracks deadlines and holds each application for a program lead's approval.

From $59/mo
Autonomous AI Agents & Orchestration

Donor Research & Stewardship Agent

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

An agent that analyses the donor profiles already in your CRM (giving history and engagement with your organisation — no external wealth screening or third-party enrichment), segments them, and drafts personalized stewardship touches tied to each donor's history. Major-gift outreach is held for a gift officer's approval before send.

From $69/mo
Autonomous AI Agents & Orchestration

Pet-Vaccination Reminder & Rebook Agent

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

An agent that tracks each pet's vaccination and wellness schedule, sends owners timely reminders, and books due appointments into open slots. It handles reschedules, flags overdue high-risk cases for staff, and keeps the practice records in sync.

From $79/mo
Autonomous AI Agents & Orchestration

Menu-Engineering & Supplier-Order Agent

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

An agent that analyzes item-level sales and food costs, recommends menu and pricing changes to boost margin, and translates the resulting demand into supplier orders. It drafts orders against par levels and holds them for the manager's approval before sending.

From $59/mo
Autonomous AI Agents & Orchestration

Reservation & Overbooking Balance Agent

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

An agent that manages reservations across channels, predicts no-shows and cancellations, and dynamically balances overbooking and waitlists to maximize covers without turning guests away. It coordinates confirmations and escalates VIP and large-party conflicts to a host.

From $99/mo
Autonomous AI Agents & Orchestration

Enrollment & Admissions Follow-up Agent

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

An agent that nurtures prospective adult students and parents/guardians (it never messages minors directly) through the enrollment funnel: answering questions, chasing incomplete applications, scheduling tours, and moving records forward in your SIS. It escalates financial-aid and special-case questions to admissions staff.

From $79/mo
Autonomous AI Agents & Orchestration

Membership Retention & Churn-Save Agent

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

An agent that scores members on churn risk from usage and billing signals, and runs tailored save interventions — check-ins, offers within policy, class recommendations — before they cancel. A member cancelling sees at most one save offer they can decline in a single click — cancellation is never blocked or delayed — and offers beyond policy are escalated to staff.

From $79/mo
Autonomous AI Agents & Orchestration

Spa Package and Add-on Recommender

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For spas and salons that want clients to discover packages and add-ons without pushy selling. The AI learns each client's past treatments and preferences and suggests the right extra at booking, before the visit or afterwards. It respects consent and message limits, and staff handle sensitive or high-value offers.

From $79/mo
Autonomous AI Agents & Orchestration

Freight-Quote & Booking Agent

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

An agent that takes a shipment request, gathers rates across carriers and modes, applies your routing rules and constraints, and books the winning option. It generates documentation, schedules pickup, and holds any quote above a threshold for a human's approval.

From $69/mo
Autonomous AI Agents & Orchestration

Shipment-Exception Tracking Agent

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

An agent that tracks every shipment across carriers, detects delays, misroutes and delivery exceptions in real time, and takes corrective action — rebooking, filing claims, notifying customers — within policy. It escalates high-value or unrecoverable exceptions to an ops manager.

From $99/mo
Autonomous AI Agents & Orchestration

Customs Documentation Agent

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

An agent that assembles export/import documentation for each shipment — suggesting HS codes for your customs broker to confirm, and preparing commercial invoices and packing documents. It flags missing or inconsistent documents and holds submission for your customs broker's sign-off.

From $29/mo
Autonomous AI Agents & Orchestration

Field-Service Dispatch Agent

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

An agent that intakes service jobs, matches the right technician by skill, location and parts availability, and builds the optimized daily route and schedule. It handles reschedules and emergencies dynamically, keeps customers informed, and escalates SLA-breach risks to a dispatcher.

From $89/mo
Autonomous AI Agents & Orchestration

Fleet Maintenance Scheduling Agent

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

An agent that tracks vehicle telematics and service intervals, predicts upcoming maintenance, and schedules service into shop capacity while minimizing downtime. It orders parts ahead, keeps service records current, and escalates safety-critical faults immediately.

From $69/mo
Autonomous AI Agents & Orchestration

Quality-Inspection Report Agent

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

An agent that ingests inspection data and images from the line, classifies defects, correlates them to batches and machines, and opens non-conformance cases with root-cause hypotheses. It triggers containment steps within policy and escalates systemic quality trends to engineering.

From $69/mo
Autonomous AI Agents & Orchestration

Bill-of-Materials Sourcing Agent

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

An agent that takes a BOM, finds compliant parts and suppliers, checks availability, lead time and lifecycle status, and identifies alternates for at-risk components. It builds a costed, risk-flagged sourcing plan and drafts POs held for an engineer/buyer's approval.

From $59/mo
Autonomous AI Agents & Orchestration

Distributor Order-Sync Agent

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

An agent that reconciles orders, inventory and pricing across your distributors and your ERP, catching mismatches, missed EDI messages and stale price files. It corrects the discrepancies it's authorized to and files the rest as cases for the channel team.

From $59/mo
Autonomous AI Agents & Orchestration

Trade-Promotion Claims Agent

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

An agent that validates trade-promotion and rebate claims from partners against contract terms and sell-through proof, clears valid claims for payment, and disputes invalid ones with evidence. It flags claim-fraud patterns and escalates high-value disputes to the trade-marketing lead.

From $59/mo
Autonomous AI Agents & Orchestration

Quote to Payment Assistant

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

An agent that drives a deal from configured quote through approval, order, invoicing and payment, enforcing pricing/discount policy and keeping CRM, CPQ and ERP in step at each stage. Out-of-policy discounts and large deals route to the right approver before proceeding.

From $69/mo
Autonomous AI Agents & Orchestration

Partner Deal-Registration Agent

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

An agent that processes partner/reseller deal registrations: checking for channel conflict and duplicates, validating eligibility, and approving or routing each within program rules. It notifies partners of decisions and keeps the partner portal and CRM in sync.

From $59/mo
Autonomous AI Agents & Orchestration

Photography Delivery & Proofing Agent

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

An agent that runs post-shoot delivery: culling and organizing images, generating watermarked proofing galleries, sending them to clients, and handling selections, revision requests and final delivery. It enforces contract deliverables and escalates scope changes to the photographer.

From $39/mo
Autonomous AI Agents & Orchestration

Event Vendor Coordination Agent

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

An agent that manages event logistics: sourcing and booking vendors against the run-sheet, tracking contracts, deposits and deliverables, and chasing outstanding items as the date approaches. It flags budget overruns and timeline risks and escalates critical gaps to the planner.

From $69/mo
Autonomous AI Agents & Orchestration

Brand-Deal Research & Outreach Agent

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

An agent that researches brands aligned to a creator's audience and values, builds a fit-scored target list with contact paths, and drafts personalized pitch outreach with the creator's media kit. Every pitch is held for the creator's approval before send.

From $59/mo
Autonomous AI Agents & Orchestration

UGC Rights & Licensing Agent

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

An agent that finds user-generated content mentioning your brand, requests usage rights from creators, tracks consent, and files the licensed assets with their permissions into your DAM. It blocks any asset from use until rights are confirmed and logged.

From $69/mo
Autonomous AI Agents & Orchestration

Home-Services Quote & Booking Agent

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

An agent that handles inbound service inquiries, asks the qualifying questions, estimates a quote from your pricing rules, and books the job into the crew's schedule. It sends confirmations and prep instructions and escalates complex or high-value jobs for a human estimate.

From $79/mo
Autonomous AI Agents & Orchestration

Auto-Repair Estimate & Approval Agent

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

An agent that intakes vehicle issues and inspection findings, builds a parts-and-labor estimate from your catalog and labor guide, checks parts availability, and sends the customer an approval request. On approval it orders parts and schedules the bay; it escalates safety and warranty issues to a service advisor.

From $69/mo
Autonomous AI Agents & Orchestration

Franchise Compliance Audit Agent

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–5 days to build

An agent that audits each franchise location against brand standards using submitted photos, POS data, reviews and checklists, scores compliance, and opens corrective-action tasks with deadlines. It tracks remediation across locations and escalates repeat or severe violations to the franchisor.

From $69/mo
Autonomous AI Agents & Orchestration

Multi-Location Review & Local-SEO Agent

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

An agent that manages every location's local listings and reviews at scale: keeping NAP data accurate across directories, responding to reviews per location in brand voice, and fixing listing inconsistencies. It flags reputation dips and duplicate/rogue listings for the marketing team.

From $69/mo
Autonomous AI Agents & Orchestration

Fraud-Signal Triage Agent

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

An agent that watches transaction and account-behavior signals, correlates them into fraud cases with a risk score and the contributing evidence, and takes protective action (hold, step-up verify) within policy. It queues borderline cases for a fraud analyst and never blocks a customer beyond policy without review.

From $119/mo
Autonomous AI Agents & Orchestration

Knowledge-Base Maintenance Agent

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

An agent that watches support tickets, product changes and doc-feedback signals to detect stale, missing or contradictory knowledge-base content, and drafts updates grounded in the source of truth. Each change is staged for an owner's approval before publishing, with a redline of what changed.

From $69/mo
Autonomous AI Agents & Orchestration

Contract-Renewal & Vendor-Spend Watch Agent

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

An agent that tracks all your software and vendor contracts, alerts owners ahead of renewal and auto-renew dates, and analyzes usage to recommend renew, renegotiate or cancel. It assembles the renewal decision package and routes it to the budget owner for approval.

From $59/mo
Autonomous AI Agents & Orchestration

Grant & Program Reporting Agent

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

An agent that assembles funder and program reports by pulling outcome metrics from your systems, mapping them to each funder's required format, and drafting the narrative grounded in the data. It tracks reporting deadlines and holds each report for a program lead's approval before submission.

From $59/mo
Data Engineering & Integration

Your Business Data Collected Every Night

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For businesses whose data sits in many systems and gets copied into spreadsheets by hand. We build a scheduled pipeline that pulls from your databases and apps, cleans the data and loads tidy tables into one warehouse. AI watches each run and explains problems in plain words.

One-time $129or monthly from $59/mo
Data Engineering & Integration

Data Warehouse Clean-Up and Rebuild

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

For companies whose reports run on fragile, undocumented data logic nobody dares touch. We move raw data into a clear landing area and rebuild your reporting tables as versioned, tested models with documentation. AI keeps the documentation current and explains each model's purpose.

One-time $129or monthly from $59/mo
Data Engineering & Integration

Live Business Events Collected as They Happen

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For companies that need to react to what happens in their app or devices within seconds. We build a streaming pipeline that takes in events, combines them over short time windows and feeds fast results to your app or dashboards. AI watches the flow and explains delays or unusual spikes.

From $59/mo
Data Engineering & Integration

Change-Data-Capture Replication

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For companies whose reports slow down the main database or show yesterday's numbers. We set up a live copy that streams every new, changed and deleted record from your production database into your warehouse or a replica, without heavy queries on the original. AI watches the copy and explains any lag.

From $59/mo
Data Engineering & Integration

Warehouse to Business Tools Sync

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For companies with useful customer data in a warehouse that their sales and marketing tools never see. We push segments and figures back into your CRM, email and support tools on schedule, sending only what changed. AI explains sync failures and suggests field mappings.

From $59/mo
Data Engineering & Integration

Data-Quality Monitoring System

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

We set up automatic data-quality checks that run on every data load, testing freshness, sudden changes in volume, missing values, duplicates and broken links between tables. Failures raise alerts and can stop bad data from reaching dashboards.

From $59/mo
Data Engineering & Integration

Data Catalog & Lineage

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

We stand up a searchable data catalog that documents every table, column, and owner, and traces column-level lineage from source through transformations to dashboards. Analysts find trusted data and see exactly what feeds any metric.

From $59/mo
Data Engineering & Integration

Sales and Operations Systems Link

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

We build a bidirectional integration between your CRM and ERP so accounts, orders, invoices, and inventory stay consistent across both. The middleware maps schemas, resolves conflicts, and queues changes so neither system blocks the other.

From $59/mo
Data Engineering & Integration

Legacy Data Migration

Always-on · you own it1–3 days to build

We migrate data out of an aging system into a modern platform, profiling the source, mapping fields, transforming formats, and validating record counts and integrity after load. We run parallel dry-runs before the final cutover.

One-time $179
Data Engineering & Integration

Event-Tracking Instrumentation

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

We design a clean analytics tracking plan and instrument your web and mobile app to emit consistent, typed events into your warehouse. Every event follows a governed schema so downstream analysis isn't guessing what a field means.

One-time $129or monthly from $59/mo
Data Engineering & Integration

Master Data Management Build

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

We build an MDM hub that unifies your core entities — customers, products, suppliers — into golden records with survivorship rules across source systems. It resolves duplicates, standardizes attributes, and publishes the trusted version back out.

One-time $69or monthly from $29/mo
Data Engineering & Integration

Customer Data Platform Build

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For businesses whose customer information is scattered across store, email, ads and support tools. We bring it together into one profile per customer, linking their activity across devices and channels, and build segments you can send to your marketing tools. AI suggests segments and summarises customer behaviour.

From $69/mo
Data Engineering & Integration

Prepare Your Data for Smart Search and AI

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For businesses building AI features like smart search, recommendations or assistants on their own content. We turn your text, images or activity data into searchable AI-ready form, store it in a vector database and feature store, and keep it refreshed. Your apps get one simple way to fetch it.

One-time $609or monthly from $159/mo
Data Engineering & Integration

Multi-Store Inventory Sync

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

We synchronize inventory levels across your online store, marketplaces, and physical POS in near real time so a sale on one channel decrements stock everywhere. The engine handles rate limits, conflicts, and oversell protection.

From $59/mo
Data Engineering & Integration

API Integration Middleware

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For companies whose software talks to many outside services, each with its own quirks. We build a middle layer that handles logins, retries and limits for every provider and gives your apps one clean connection. AI watches errors and explains provider problems in plain words.

From $59/mo
Data Engineering & Integration

Low-Cost Data Store for Large Data

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For companies with lots of data, such as logs, sensor readings or files, that is too costly to keep in a regular warehouse. We build a store on low-cost storage with reliable tables, history you can go back to, and a query tool. AI keeps tables tidy and explains query costs.

From $59/mo
Data Engineering & Integration

Dimensional Warehouse Modeling

Always-on · you own it2–4 days to build

We design and build a dimensional (star-schema) model for your warehouse, defining conformed dimensions and fact tables that make analytics fast and intuitive. We handle slowly-changing dimensions so history is preserved correctly.

One-time $129
Data Engineering & Integration

Reliable Payment and App Notifications Receiver

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For businesses that rely on notifications from payment and software providers and occasionally lose them. We set up a receiver that checks each notification is genuine, removes duplicates, stores it safely and delivers it to your systems, replaying any that fail. AI watches deliveries and explains failures.

From $69/mo
Data Engineering & Integration

Data Warehouse Cost Optimization

Always-on · you own it2–4 days to build

We audit your warehouse workloads and re-engineer them to cut compute and storage spend — right-sizing warehouses, clustering tables, pruning unused models, and rewriting expensive queries. We deploy the changes and monitor the savings.

One-time $99
Data Engineering & Integration

Live Operations Dashboard Feed

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For operations teams who want to see what is happening right now, not yesterday. We build the pipeline behind a live dashboard, streaming events through running totals into a fast store that keeps tiles current. AI writes short notes on unusual changes as they happen.

From $59/mo
Data Engineering & Integration

Duplicate Customer Record Cleaner

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For businesses whose customer lists are full of duplicates from typos and different spellings. We build a matching engine that finds duplicate records and merges them by your rules, sending uncertain ones to staff. It keeps running on your own infrastructure so new duplicates do not creep back.

One-time $99or monthly from $29/mo
Data Engineering & Integration

SaaS-to-Warehouse Connector Suite

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

We stand up managed connectors that pull data from your key SaaS tools — payments, ads, support, CRM — into your warehouse on schedule with schema handling and incremental loads. New sources plug in without custom code each time.

From $59/mo
Data Engineering & Integration

Sensor and Device Readings in One Place

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For businesses with machines, vehicles or sensors sending readings all day. We build a pipeline that buffers readings, handles late or out-of-order data and stores it in summarised time-based tables. AI spots silent devices and unusual readings and explains them.

From $69/mo
Data Engineering & Integration

Slowly-Changing-Dimension History Build

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

We implement Type 2 slowly-changing dimensions so your warehouse preserves the full history of records that change over time — prices, statuses, assignments. Every analysis can ask what a value was on any given date.

One-time $129or monthly from $59/mo
Data Engineering & Integration

Data Governance & Access Controls

Always-on · you own it2–4 days to build

We implement role-based access, column-level security, and data masking across your warehouse so sensitive fields are protected and access follows policy. We document who can see what and keep a searchable access log.

One-time $129
Data Engineering & Integration

Batch-to-Streaming Migration

Always-on · you own it2–4 days to build

We move a slow nightly data run to one that updates continuously, so data that used to arrive tomorrow arrives in minutes. We run both side by side and check they match before switching over.

One-time $49
Data Engineering & Integration

Multi-Location Data Consolidation

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

We consolidate data from many branches, franchises, or stores that each run their own systems into one central warehouse with a common model. Local quirks are normalized so headquarters compares locations on equal terms.

From $59/mo
Data Engineering & Integration

Daily Payments and Bank Matching

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

We build an automated reconciliation pipeline that matches transactions across your payment processor, bank, and ledger, flagging mismatches and unexplained gaps. It runs daily and produces an exception report for finance to clear.

From $59/mo
Data Engineering & Integration

Health Dashboard for Your Data Feeds

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For teams with many data pipelines who only learn of failures when a report looks wrong. We track every pipeline's run time, freshness, volumes and failures on one dashboard with history. AI explains what broke and why, and routes alerts to the right person.

From $69/mo
Data Engineering & Integration

Spreadsheet-to-Database Migration

Always-on · you own it2–5 days to build

We take the critical spreadsheets your business secretly runs on and migrate them into a proper relational database with validation, relationships, and multi-user access. Formulas become queries and manual edits become a controlled app.

One-time $69
Data Engineering & Integration

Privacy Request Handling System

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

We build an automated pipeline that locates, exports, or deletes all data for a given individual across your systems when a privacy request your team has verified and approved comes in. It produces a verifiable record of what was found and actioned.

From $59/mo
Data Engineering & Integration

Supplier Product Feed Cleaner

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

We build a pipeline that ingests product data from suppliers and internal sources, normalizes attributes and units, enriches with categories, and publishes a clean catalog to your storefronts. It handles feed formats and de-duplicates variants.

From $39/mo
Data Engineering & Integration

One Definition for Every Business Metric

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For companies where every report shows a different revenue or customer count. We define each metric once in one central place, so every dashboard and query calculates it the same way. AI answers questions about metrics and explains definitions in plain words.

One-time $129or monthly from $59/mo
Data Engineering & Integration

Which Ads Really Bring Sales

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

We build the data model and data flow that link ad clicks, visits and sales into complete customer journeys, sharing the credit across every channel that helped. Marketing sees which spend actually drives revenue.

From $59/mo
Data Engineering & Integration

Database Scaling for Growth

Always-on · you own it2–4 days to build

For growing apps whose main database is hitting its limits. We split data across several servers with a routing layer, keeping your app working the same way, and move live data without taking you offline. AI watches load and explains slowdowns.

One-time $129
Data Engineering & Integration

Safe Test Data Copies

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

We build a pipeline that produces masked or synthetic copies of production data for testing and analytics, masking identifiers while preserving statistical shape and referential integrity. Teams get realistic test data with far fewer identifiers in circulation (masked data is still handled under your own privacy policies).

From $29/mo
Data Engineering & Integration

Point-of-Sale Data Integration

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

We connect your POS systems to one central data flow that pulls sales, items and payments into the warehouse continuously, made consistent across terminals and locations. Retail analytics run on complete, up-to-date transaction data.

From $59/mo
Data Engineering & Integration

Website Visitor Journey Analysis

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

We build a pipeline that turns raw clickstream events into sessions, funnels, and paths, computing session boundaries and page sequences. Product and growth teams analyze how users actually move through your app.

From $59/mo
Data Engineering & Integration

Order-to-Cash Data Flow Integration

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

We connect the systems along your order-to-cash process — storefront, fulfillment, invoicing, payment — so an order's full lifecycle flows automatically without manual handoffs. Status stays synchronized end to end.

From $59/mo
Data Engineering & Integration

Donor Record Clean-Up for Charities

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For charities and schools with the same supporter entered several times across donation, event and CRM tools. We build a system that matches and merges duplicates while keeping every gift in the history, with unclear matches sent to staff. It runs on your own infrastructure to keep records clean.

One-time $99or monthly from $29/mo
Data Engineering & Integration

Data Contract Enforcement

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

We implement data contracts between the teams that produce and consume data, defining schemas and expectations that are enforced automatically in CI and at ingest. Breaking changes are caught before they hit downstream consumers.

From $59/mo
Data Engineering & Integration

Map and Territory Data Kept Up to Date

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

We build a pipeline that ingests location data, joins it against geographic boundaries, and computes spatial metrics like territories, distances, and coverage. Location-heavy businesses get map-ready analytics tables.

From $59/mo
Data Engineering & Integration

Warehouse Migration to Cloud

Always-on · you own it2–4 days to build

We migrate your on-premise or legacy warehouse to a modern cloud platform, moving schemas, data, and transformation logic while validating parity at each step. We plan the cutover to avoid disrupting reporting.

One-time $49
Data Engineering & Integration

Subscription Revenue Numbers You Can Trust

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

We build a pipeline that turns your subscription and payment events into clean recurring-revenue metrics — MRR, churn, expansion, cohorts — reconciled against the billing system. Finance and leadership get trustworthy SaaS metrics.

From $59/mo
Data Engineering & Integration

Safe, Tested Changes to Your Data Feeds

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For teams whose data pipeline changes sometimes break reports in production. We add tests, a staging area and automatic checks so every change is validated before it goes live, with a clear roll-back. AI reviews each change and explains test failures.

From $59/mo
Data Engineering & Integration

Booking System Data Integration

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

We integrate your booking or reservation platform with your CRM, calendar, and accounting so every appointment flows through as a customer record, a schedule entry, and a revenue line. No detail gets re-typed across systems.

From $69/mo
Data Engineering & Integration

Data Archival & Tiering System

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

We build a system that automatically moves aged data from expensive hot storage to cheap cold tiers while keeping it queryable, applying retention policies per data type. Costs drop without losing access to history.

From $59/mo
Data Engineering & Integration

Supplier Data Onboarding Automation

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

We build a data flow that takes in and standardizes data from new suppliers whatever their file format or field names, mapping each onto your own structure with checks. Onboarding a supplier goes from weeks to hours.

From $39/mo
Data Engineering & Integration

Central Log Search and Alerts

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

We build a pipeline that centralizes logs from your applications and infrastructure, parses them into structured fields, and makes them searchable with retention and alerting. Debugging and audits stop meaning SSH-ing into servers.

From $69/mo
Data Engineering & Integration

Weather & External Data Enrichment

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

We build a data flow that enriches your business data with outside information — weather, holidays, demographics, foot traffic — joined to your records for richer analysis and forecasting. Your models gain context they never had.

From $59/mo
Data Engineering & Integration

Team-Owned Data Products Setup

Always-on · you own it2–4 days to build

We help you give each team ownership of its own data, published as data products with their own data flows, agreements and access points, connected through shared standards. Each team owns its data as a governed product.

One-time $129
Data Engineering & Integration

Multi-Currency Sales Consolidation

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

We build a pipeline that normalizes transactions across currencies, applying correct exchange rates by date and producing consolidated financials in your reporting currency. International operations roll up correctly.

From $59/mo
Data Engineering & Integration

Data On-Time Promise Tracker

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

We set on-time promises for your data and watch when each data load arrives, alerting the right people when data is late. Your team gets clear commitments and early warnings, not surprises, about when data is ready.

From $59/mo
Data Engineering & Integration

Marketplace Seller Data Aggregation

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

We aggregate your sales, fees, payouts, and returns from every marketplace you sell on into one normalized dataset, reconciling each platform's quirks. You see true unit economics across channels in one place.

From $59/mo
Data Engineering & Integration

Clean History Feeding Your Sales Forecasts

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–7 days to build

We build the pipeline that prepares clean, gap-filled, feature-rich time series and serves them to forecasting models, then stores and monitors the forecasts. Demand, revenue, or capacity forecasts run on a dependable data foundation.

From $509/mo
Data Engineering & Integration

Field Service Data Sync

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

We integrate your field technicians' mobile app with dispatch, inventory, and billing so jobs, parts used, and time logged sync automatically even with spotty connectivity. Office and field stay in step without paperwork.

From $69/mo
Data Engineering & Integration

Data Vault Warehouse Build

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

We build a Data Vault 2.0 model — hubs, links, and satellites — giving you a highly auditable, agile warehouse foundation that absorbs source changes and preserves full history. It suits regulated, fast-changing environments.

From $59/mo
Data Engineering & Integration

Duplicate Event Blocker for Live Data

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For teams whose live data double-counts orders or clicks when events are retried or replayed. We add duplicate blocking to your live data stream so each event is counted once, even at high volume. AI tracks the duplicate rate and explains spikes.

From $29/mo
Data Engineering & Integration

Fast, Consistent Dashboard Data

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For businesses whose dashboards load slowly and show different numbers for the same thing. We build the tidy tables, summaries and metric layer behind your dashboard tool, connect it, and check every report. AI answers questions about your numbers in plain words.

From $59/mo
Data Engineering & Integration

Plug-In Framework for New Data Sources

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For teams adding new data sources often and writing custom code each time. We build a reusable framework so any new source lands in your data lake the same way, with layout, schema and records captured, by filling a short setup file. AI drafts the setup for each new source.

From $59/mo
Data Engineering & Integration

Complete Customer View Data Model

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

We build a Customer 360 model that joins every interaction — orders, support, marketing, product usage — into one unified customer view with computed lifetime value, health, and stage. Every team queries the same complete picture.

From $69/mo
Data Engineering & Integration

Recover Missing Data After an Outage

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

We build robust backfill tooling for your pipelines so you can safely reprocess historical data for a date range or fix a bad load without corrupting downstream tables. Recovery from a bad day becomes a routine command.

From $59/mo
Data Engineering & Integration

Email & Calendar Data Integration

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

We build an integration that pulls communication and meeting data from email and calendar into your CRM and warehouse, linking interactions to accounts and deals. Relationship activity is captured without manual logging.

From $69/mo
Data Engineering & Integration

Data Enrichment via Third-Party APIs

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

We build a service that enriches your records with third-party data — company size and industry, the tools they use and public company-registry data — calling providers efficiently with caching and fallback across sources. Thin company records become complete.

One-time $49or monthly from $29/mo
Data Engineering & Integration

Data Warehouse Health Audit

Always-on · you own it2–4 days to build

We audit an existing warehouse for schema debt, unused tables, redundant models, broken lineage, and slow queries, then deliver a prioritized remediation plan with the quick wins already applied. You learn exactly what to fix and why.

One-time $99
Data Engineering & Integration

Live Copy of Your Data in Central Storage

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For teams whose data lake only updates overnight and slows down with tiny files. We build a continuous feed that lands events in analytics-ready tables, tidying files and partitions as data arrives. AI watches file health and explains slowdowns.

From $59/mo
Data Engineering & Integration

Payment Processor Data Integration

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

We integrate your payment processors into a unified data layer that normalizes charges, refunds, disputes, and fees across providers into consistent transaction records. Finance analyzes payments across processors as one dataset.

From $59/mo
Data Engineering & Integration

Untangle Your Data Processing Code

Always-on · you own it1–3 days to build

We refactor a tangled, monolithic pipeline into modular, reusable, well-tested components with clear boundaries and documentation. Future changes touch one small piece instead of risking the whole chain.

One-time $129
Data Engineering & Integration

Customer Data Separation for Software Products

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For software companies whose customers share one database and need proof their data is kept apart. We design and build separation so each customer's data is only reachable by that customer, in the database and the data flows. AI runs regular separation checks and reports per-customer usage.

One-time $129or monthly from $59/mo
Data Engineering & Integration

Faster, Cheaper Warehouse Refreshes

Always-on · you own it3–6 days to build

We convert full-refresh warehouse models to incremental processing, so each run only handles new or changed data instead of rebuilding everything. Runtimes and costs drop sharply while results stay correct.

One-time $129
Data Engineering & Integration

Event Format Rulebook and Registry

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

We deploy a schema registry that governs every analytics and streaming event's structure, versioning schemas and enforcing compatibility so producers can't ship breaking events. Consumers rely on stable, documented contracts.

From $59/mo
Data Engineering & Integration

Cross-System Sync Conflict Resolution

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

We add robust conflict resolution to a two-way sync where both systems can edit the same record, defining deterministic rules and merge strategies so concurrent edits resolve predictably. The dreaded sync loop and overwrite problems end.

From $59/mo
Data Engineering & Integration

Data Backup and Recovery Plan

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

We build disaster recovery for your data platform — automated backups, cross-region replication, and tested restore procedures so a failure doesn't mean permanent loss or days of downtime. Recovery is drilled, not theoretical.

One-time $129or monthly from $59/mo
Data Engineering & Integration

Live Event Context Builder

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

We build a streaming pipeline that enriches live events by joining them against reference data and other streams in real time, so each event carries full context as it flows. Downstream consumers get enriched events, not raw fragments.

From $29/mo
Data Engineering & Integration

Membership & Access Data Sync

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

We integrate your membership, access-control, and billing systems so that a member's payment status automatically governs their door, app, and class access in real time. Lapsed members lose access and paid members' access is restored automatically when payment clears.

From $69/mo
Data Engineering & Integration

Data Quality Scorecard & Reporting

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

We build an ongoing data-quality scorecard that measures completeness, accuracy, consistency, and timeliness across your key datasets and reports trends to stakeholders. Data health becomes a managed, visible metric.

From $59/mo
Data Engineering & Integration

ERP Data Migration & Cleanup

Always-on · you own it1–3 days to build

We migrate data into a new ERP, profiling and cleansing the source first — deduplicating, standardizing codes, and fixing broken references — so the new system starts clean. We validate every module's data post-load.

One-time $99
Data Engineering & Integration

Sensor-to-Dashboard OT/IT Bridge

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For factories whose machine data is stuck on the shop floor. We safely bridge your machine controllers and supervisory systems to your business data platform, so production data reaches dashboards without disrupting operations. AI flags machine stoppages and data gaps in plain words.

From $59/mo
Data Engineering & Integration

Data Freshness Circuit Breaker

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

We wire a circuit breaker into your reporting so that if upstream data is stale or failed quality checks, dashboards show a clear warning or hold the last good data instead of silently displaying wrong numbers. Bad data never poses as truth.

From $59/mo
Data Engineering & Integration

Bulk Data Export & Delivery Service

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

We build a service that packages large datasets on demand or schedule and delivers them securely to partners or clients in their required format, with encryption, manifests, and delivery confirmation. Recurring data handoffs run themselves.

From $59/mo
Data Engineering & Integration

Nested/Semi-Structured Data Flattening

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

We build a data flow that turns deeply nested JSON or XML from APIs and logs into flat, easy-to-query tables while keeping how the records relate. Analysts query complex data with plain SQL.

From $29/mo
Data Engineering & Integration

Rebuild Your Data Setup in One Step

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

We write your entire data setup — warehouse, data flows, permissions and connectors — as code, so environments can be rebuilt, reviewed and recovered after a disaster. Spinning up a new environment is a single command.

One-time $99or monthly from $59/mo
Data Engineering & Integration

See Why Clients Miss Appointments

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

We build a pipeline that unifies appointment, reminder, and outcome data across your systems to compute no-show rates and risk factors by segment, time, and channel. You learn what drives no-shows and where to intervene.

From $59/mo
Data Engineering & Integration

Keep Your Site Search Up to Date

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

We stream database changes directly into a search engine index so your app's search stays in sync with the source of truth in near real time. New and updated records become searchable within seconds without batch reindexing.

From $69/mo
Data Engineering & Integration

See What Each Data Job Costs

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

We instrument your data platform to attribute compute and storage costs to specific pipelines, teams, and datasets, so you know exactly what each workload costs. Waste becomes visible and chargeback becomes possible.

From $59/mo
Data Engineering & Integration

Show Each Visitor the Right Offer

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For online businesses that want their site or app to react to what a visitor just did. We build the data layer that keeps an up-to-the-moment profile for each visitor and feeds it to your site so content and offers adapt right away.

From $99/mo
Data Engineering & Integration

Data Warehouse for Small Business

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

We set up a right-sized cloud data warehouse for a smaller business — connecting your handful of core tools, modeling the essentials, and wiring a dashboard, without enterprise overkill or cost. You get real analytics affordably.

From $59/mo
Data Engineering & Integration

Property & Listing Data Sync

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

We integrate your listing sources, portals, and CRM so property data, availability, and leads flow consistently across all of them without double entry. A change in one place propagates everywhere it should.

From $69/mo
Data Engineering & Integration

Organised Training Data for Your AI Models

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

We build a pipeline that collects, labels, versions, and validates datasets for training your machine-learning models, with quality checks and dataset lineage. Model teams get reproducible, trustworthy training sets on demand.

One-time $609or monthly from $69/mo
Data Engineering & Integration

See Which Customers Keep Coming Back

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

We build the pipeline that computes cohort and retention curves from your user or customer activity, handling cohort definitions, activity windows, and retention math consistently. Growth teams see true retention by cohort.

From $59/mo
Data Engineering & Integration

Data Onboarding Portal for Clients

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

We build a self-service portal where your clients or partners upload their data in any common format, which is validated, mapped, and ingested into your systems automatically with clear error feedback. Client data onboarding stops being a support burden.

From $39/mo
Data Engineering & Integration

Alerts When Live Numbers Go Wrong

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For businesses that need to know the moment something goes wrong, not in tomorrow's report. We watch your live numbers and send one clear alert within seconds when something is off.

From $69/mo
Document & Data Intelligence

Snap Receipts, Expenses Sorted Automatically

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

Employees photograph receipts and the system reads them, picks out merchant, amount, tax and date, sorts each expense against your accounts and policy, and files them into the expense system. Out-of-policy or duplicate receipts are flagged for a reviewer before reimbursement.

From $29/mo
Document & Data Intelligence

Check Supplier Statements Against Your Books

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

Ingests monthly vendor statements and reconciles every listed invoice, credit, and payment against your AP ledger to surface missing invoices, short-paid items, and duplicate charges. Discrepancies are compiled into a dispute-ready worksheet and routed to AP staff.

From $29/mo
Document & Data Intelligence

Catch Mistakes on Your Utility Bills

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

Collects electricity, gas, water, and telecom bills across all sites, extracts usage, rate, and charge components, and audits them against contracted tariffs and historical baselines. Billing errors and anomalous consumption are flagged for recovery and cost control.

From $29/mo
Document & Data Intelligence

Freight Invoice Audit & Overcharge Detection

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

Parses carrier freight and parcel invoices, matches each shipment charge to the rate contract, accessorials, and the original booking, and flags overcharges, duplicate bills, and disallowed surcharges. Clean invoices post to accounting while disputes are packaged for the carrier.

From $69/mo
Document & Data Intelligence

Match Orders, Deliveries and Invoices Automatically

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

Automatically matches purchase orders, goods-receipt notes, and supplier invoices at the line level, tolerancing quantity and price variances against configurable thresholds. Fully matched sets auto-approve for payment while variances route to procurement with the exact mismatched lines highlighted.

From $29/mo
Document & Data Intelligence

Purchase Order Digitization & Fulfillment Tracker

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

Captures inbound purchase orders arriving as PDFs, emails, or EDI and converts them into structured sales orders, validating SKUs, pricing, and availability before creating the order in your system. Unmatched SKUs or pricing conflicts are held for a sales-ops reviewer.

From $29/mo
Document & Data Intelligence

Match Delivery Dockets to Purchase Orders

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

Digitizes warehouse goods-receipt notes and delivery dockets, extracts received quantities per line, and reconciles them against open purchase orders to close or flag partial receipts. Short and over-deliveries are escalated with photographic evidence attached.

From $29/mo
Document & Data Intelligence

Contract Renewal & Expiry Obligation Tracker

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

Scans your contract repository to extract renewal, notice-period, and expiry terms, then builds a proactive calendar that alerts owners ahead of every auto-renewal and termination window. Ambiguous or missing dates are routed for human confirmation.

One-time $129or monthly from $59/mo
Document & Data Intelligence

Rent and Key Dates From Your Leases

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

Extracts the key economic and legal terms from commercial leases — base rent, escalations, CAM, options, co-tenancy, and critical dates — into a standardized abstract per property. Abstracts feed lease-accounting and portfolio systems with source-page citations for every field.

One-time $49or monthly from $29/mo
Document & Data Intelligence

Collect Contractor Paperwork and Chase Expiry Dates

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

Collects certificates of insurance from vendors and subcontractors, extracts coverage types, limits, and expiry dates, and verifies them against your contractual requirements. Non-compliant or expiring certificates trigger automated follow-up and a compliance hold.

From $39/mo
Document & Data Intelligence

Turn Handwritten Forms Into Data

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

A configurable pipeline that digitizes structured handwritten forms — surveys, field reports, order sheets — using layout templates and handwriting recognition, then validates and exports the data to your systems. Low-confidence cells are queued for rapid human keying.

From $29/mo
Document & Data Intelligence

Bank-Statement Parser

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

Parses bank and card statements from any institution into normalized transactions, categorizes them, and reconciles balances and flows. Output feeds your bookkeeping and reconciliation workflows with anomalies and gaps flagged for review (not used for credit or affordability decisions).

From $29/mo
Document & Data Intelligence

Read Bills of Lading Automatically

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

Extracts shipper, consignee, container, weight, and cargo details from bills of lading in any format and validates them against booking and shipment data. Discrepancies and missing fields route to operations before the shipment moves.

From $29/mo
Document & Data Intelligence

Cross-Check Packing Lists and Invoices

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

Cross-checks packing lists against commercial invoices and purchase orders line by line, verifying quantities, descriptions, and values across the trade document set. Mismatches that would stall customs or payment are flagged before shipment.

From $59/mo
Document & Data Intelligence

Digitise Signed Delivery Proofs

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

Captures signed proof-of-delivery documents and photos from drivers, extracts delivery status, exceptions, and signatures, and reconciles them against dispatched orders. Damaged or short deliveries are flagged and linked to the order for claims.

From $29/mo
Document & Data Intelligence

Check Origin and Trade Certificates

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

Extracts and validates certificates of origin, phytosanitary, and conformity certificates against the shipment and the per-destination document checklist your trade team maintains. Missing, expired or mismatched certificates trigger a hold and vendor follow-up for your team to resolve.

From $29/mo
Document & Data Intelligence

Monthly Financial Reports Written Automatically

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

Pulls figures from accounting systems and source documents, populates report templates with variance analysis and narrative, and produces board-ready financial reports on schedule. Data-quality issues and unexplained variances are flagged before publishing.

From $59/mo
Document & Data Intelligence

Track Energy, Fuel, Waste and Water Use

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

Collects sustainability data from utility bills, invoices, HR records, and supplier documents, maps it to reporting-framework metrics, and assembles a draft data pack organised by framework metric for your sustainability lead and auditor to review. Missing data points and unit inconsistencies are flagged for owners.

From $29/mo
Document & Data Intelligence

Board Packs Assembled Automatically

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

Gathers KPIs, financials, and departmental updates from systems and submitted documents, formats them into the board-pack template, and produces a versioned, distribution-ready pack. Late or missing sections are chased automatically before the deadline.

From $59/mo
Document & Data Intelligence

Build Your Chemical Inventory From Safety Sheets

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

Extracts hazard classifications, composition, handling, and exposure limits from safety data sheets into a structured chemical inventory, and checks each against the site limits your EHS team sets. Out-of-limit substances and expired sheets are flagged for EHS.

From $29/mo
Document & Data Intelligence

Check Supplier Quality Certificates Automatically

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

Parses supplier certificates of analysis, extracts each tested parameter and result, and verifies them against your specification limits per material and lot. Out-of-spec or missing parameters trigger a quality hold and supplier notification.

From $29/mo
Document & Data Intelligence

Pull Parts Lists From Engineering Drawings

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

Reads engineering drawings to extract title-block metadata, revisions, and bills of materials, and reconciles the BOM against the PLM/ERP item master. Discrepancies and uncontrolled revisions are flagged to engineering.

From $29/mo
Document & Data Intelligence

Turn Crew Job Sheets Into Billing

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

Digitizes field tickets, daily logs, and job sheets from crews, extracts labor, equipment, and materials used per job, and reconciles them for billing and cost tracking. Missing approvals and quantity anomalies are flagged before invoicing.

From $29/mo
Document & Data Intelligence

Turn Inspection Reports Into Repair Tasks

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

Digitizes building, safety, and equipment inspection reports and checklists, extracts findings, severities, and photos, and creates tracked remediation items in the maintenance system. Critical defects trigger immediate alerts.

From $29/mo
Document & Data Intelligence

Build Each Vehicle's Service History

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

Digitizes vehicle service invoices, inspection sheets, and repair orders, extracts work performed, parts, and costs per vehicle, and builds a per-asset maintenance history. Warranty-recoverable and recurring-fault patterns are flagged.

One-time $49or monthly from $29/mo
Document & Data Intelligence

Match Customer Payments to Invoices

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

Parses remittance advices from any format, matches payments to open invoices, applies deductions and short-pays with reason codes, and posts cash to the accounting ledger. Unmatched payments and unexplained deductions route to AR staff.

From $29/mo
Document & Data Intelligence

Supplier Compliance Certificate Tracker

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

Collects and monitors supplier compliance certificates — quality, food-safety, ethical, and environmental — extracting scope and expiry and verifying against your requirements per supplier and product. Expiring or missing certificates trigger holds and follow-up.

From $69/mo
Document & Data Intelligence

Grant Application & Reporting Processor

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

Processes grant applications and grantee reports, extracting budgets, outcomes, and compliance evidence, and validating them against grant terms and reporting requirements. Non-compliant or incomplete submissions route to program officers.

From $29/mo
Document & Data Intelligence

Know What Every Dish Costs You

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

Extracts ingredients, quantities, and prices from supplier price lists, invoices, and recipe sheets to compute per-dish food cost and margins across a menu. Price changes and margin erosion are flagged for the operator.

From $59/mo
Document & Data Intelligence

Turn Supplier Catalogues Into Product Listings

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

Digitizes supplier catalogs and product spec sheets into normalized SKUs with attributes, images, and pricing mapped to your product information model. Attribute conflicts and missing mandatory fields are flagged for merchandising.

One-time $49or monthly from $29/mo
Document & Data Intelligence

Process Submittals and RFIs Automatically

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

Processes construction submittals and RFIs, extracts spec references, questions, and required actions, logs them in the project management system, and routes to the responsible party with due dates. Overdue and spec-conflicting items are escalated.

From $29/mo
Document & Data Intelligence

See the Cost of Every Change Order

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

Extracts scope, pricing, and schedule impact from change orders, reconciles them against the contract and budget, and updates the project cost forecast. Unauthorized or margin-eroding changes are flagged before approval.

From $29/mo
Document & Data Intelligence

Track Subcontractor Waiver Paperwork Per Payment

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

Sends your attorney-approved conditional and unconditional lien waiver forms, collects them, and checks completeness of the returned waivers from subcontractors and suppliers tied to each payment application, tracking coverage against amounts paid. Missing or defective waivers block payment release.

From $29/mo
Document & Data Intelligence

Bring Old Pet Records Into Your System

Always-on · you own it2–4 days to build

Abstracts patient history, diagnoses, treatments, and lab results from incoming and legacy veterinary records into the practice system, mapping to standardized veterinary vocabularies. Conflicting or incomplete records route to a vet tech.

One-time $49
Document & Data Intelligence

Turn Paper Sign-Up Forms Into Bookings

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

A lightweight pipeline that digitizes membership, booking, or service application forms, validates required fields, and pushes clean records into your booking or member system. Incomplete forms trigger a simple follow-up.

From $29/mo
Predictive Analytics & Forecasting

Forecast Demand for Every Product

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

We train a multi-horizon, SKU-and-location-level forecasting model on your full sales history, calendar, promotions and price changes, then deploy it as a service that emits daily, weekly and monthly demand curves with prediction intervals. It backtests against your own held-out history so you see real accuracy before you trust it.

From $509/mo
Predictive Analytics & Forecasting

Predict Sales for Brand-New Products

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–7 days to build

For products with zero sales history, we build a model that predicts first-season demand from attributes, pricing, comparable-item analogues and early pre-order signals. It transfers patterns learned across your existing catalogue onto the new item so launches are planned on evidence, not optimism.

From $509/mo
Predictive Analytics & Forecasting

Plan Stock Around the Weather

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–7 days to build

We fuse your sales history with historical and forecast weather (temperature, rain, wind, heat indices) to model how conditions move demand for weather-sensitive lines. Deployed with a live weather feed, it turns the next 14 days of forecast into a demand adjustment per product and location.

From $509/mo
Predictive Analytics & Forecasting

Forecast How Busy Each Location Gets

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–7 days to build

We model visitor and footfall patterns for each of your locations using historical counts, day-of-week, seasonality, local events and weather. It outputs hour-by-hour traffic predictions so you can align opening hours, staffing and stock to when people actually walk in.

From $509/mo
Predictive Analytics & Forecasting

Know How Much Food to Prep

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–7 days to build

We forecast unit sales of each menu item per service period from your POS history, weather, day-type and events, so kitchens prep to demand. It flags items likely to sell out and those heading for waste before the shift starts.

From $509/mo
Predictive Analytics & Forecasting

Get Warned About Event-Driven Rushes

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–7 days to build

We build a model that quantifies how nearby events — concerts, matches, conferences, holidays, school terms — shift demand at each of your locations. A live events calendar feeds the model so you get surge and lull alerts weeks ahead.

From $509/mo
Predictive Analytics & Forecasting

Seasonal Demand Decomposition System

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

We decompose every product's sales into trend, multiple seasonal cycles and residual, then serve a clean baseline demand signal stripped of noise and one-off spikes. This gives planning teams a stable view of underlying demand and where it is genuinely accelerating or decaying.

From $509/mo
Predictive Analytics & Forecasting

Churn Early-Warning System

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

We train a churn model on your subscriber or customer history — usage, billing, support tickets, engagement — that scores every account's probability of leaving in the next 30/60/90 days. It surfaces the specific risk drivers per account so retention teams act on causes, not just scores.

From $509/mo
Predictive Analytics & Forecasting

Know What to Order and When

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

We combine demand forecasts with lead times, order costs, minimum order quantities and service-level targets to compute the optimal order quantity and timing for every SKU. Deployed against your inventory feed, it emits a daily buy list that hits your target availability at minimum holding cost.

From $509/mo
Predictive Analytics & Forecasting

Right-Size Safety Stock per Product

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

We calculate SKU-specific safety stock from measured demand variability and lead-time variability at your chosen service level, rather than a blanket rule of thumb. It continuously re-tunes buffers as volatility shifts so you carry protection only where it's earned.

From $509/mo
Predictive Analytics & Forecasting

Perishable Waste Minimizer

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

For shelf-life-limited goods, we forecast demand at daily granularity and optimise ordering against expiry dates to minimise both spoilage and stockouts. It recommends markdown timing to clear stock before it perishes.

From $509/mo
Predictive Analytics & Forecasting

Multi-Echelon Inventory Balancer

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

We model your central warehouse and local sites as one network and recommend how to position and rebalance stock across echelons to meet local demand at minimum total inventory. It flags transfers that pre-empt local stockouts using site-level forecasts.

From $509/mo
Predictive Analytics & Forecasting

Stock the Right Spare Parts

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

For intermittent, lumpy spare-parts demand we use methods built for sparse series (Croston-type and hierarchical models) to predict when and how many parts you'll need. It sizes stock to hit uptime targets without hoarding slow movers.

From $509/mo
Predictive Analytics & Forecasting

Get Warned Before Products Run Out

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–7 days to build

We continuously score each SKU-location for probability of stocking out before the next delivery, combining current on-hand, in-transit, forecasted demand and supplier reliability. It raises alerts early enough to expedite or substitute.

From $509/mo
Predictive Analytics & Forecasting

Carry the Right Range in Each Shop

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

We predict per-location sell-through for each product and size/variant to recommend which items and how deep to carry at each site. It trims tail SKUs that don't earn shelf space and deepens winners before they stock out.

From $509/mo
Predictive Analytics & Forecasting

Know Which Machines Will Fail Soon

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–7 days to build

For businesses whose equipment breakdowns stop work. We train a model on your machine sensor data, usage and maintenance logs to flag machines heading toward failure, giving a ranked maintenance list.

From $509/mo
Predictive Analytics & Forecasting

Remaining-Useful-Life Estimator

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

We estimate the remaining useful life of critical components from degradation trajectories in your sensor and usage data, producing a survival curve per asset. It tells you not just that failure is coming but roughly when, with a confidence band.

From $509/mo
Predictive Analytics & Forecasting

Predict Which Vehicles Will Break Down

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–7 days to build

We model breakdown risk for each vehicle in your fleet using telematics, mileage, fault codes, age and service history. Deployed as a service, it prioritises which vehicles to service next and predicts which are likely to fail on the road.

From $509/mo
Predictive Analytics & Forecasting

Equipment Anomaly Early-Warning

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

We learn the normal operating signature of each machine and detect deviations that precede faults, even for failure modes never seen before. Unsupervised models flag when a machine drifts outside its own learned envelope.

From $509/mo
Predictive Analytics & Forecasting

Predict Heating and Cooling Breakdowns

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–7 days to build

For businesses with heating, cooling and refrigeration across properties. We predict which units are drifting toward failure and estimate the comfort or spoilage risk, so you fix the right ones first.

From $509/mo
Predictive Analytics & Forecasting

Forecast Warranty Returns and Spot Defects

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

We forecast warranty claim volume and cost by product cohort and manufacture period, and flag emerging quality issues from early failure patterns. It gives finance a reserve forecast and quality teams an early defect signal.

From $509/mo
Predictive Analytics & Forecasting

Forecast Downtime on Each Production Line

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

We forecast expected downtime hours per line and shift from failure-risk models, planned maintenance and historical stoppage patterns. Production planning gets a realistic capacity view instead of assuming 100% uptime.

From $509/mo
Predictive Analytics & Forecasting

See Your Cash Balance Weeks Ahead

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

We build a rolling 13-week and 12-month cash-flow forecast trained on your invoicing, payment behaviour, payroll, recurring costs and seasonality. Deployed against your accounting feed, it projects the daily cash balance with confidence bands and flags shortfall dates ahead.

From $509/mo
Predictive Analytics & Forecasting

Know When Cash From Invoices Will Land

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly4–8 days to build

We predict when each outstanding invoice will actually be paid, per customer, from historical payment behaviour, invoice size, terms and season. It converts your receivables ledger into a dated cash-inflow schedule.

From $509/mo
Predictive Analytics & Forecasting

Forecast Your Revenue With Ranges

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

We forecast revenue by segment, product line and channel using bookings, open deals, seasonality and wider economic drivers. It produces a base, upside and downside range each period so leadership plans on a range, not a single number.

From $509/mo
Predictive Analytics & Forecasting

Spot Projects Heading Over Budget

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

For project-based businesses we predict which jobs will overrun budget or schedule, using early progress metrics, change orders, resource loading and historical outcomes of similar projects. It flags at-risk projects while corrective action is still cheap.

From $509/mo
Predictive Analytics & Forecasting

Forecast Cash Tied Up in Operations

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

We forecast the components of working capital — receivables, payables and inventory — and their net position over the coming quarters. It shows how growth, seasonality and terms changes will consume or release cash.

From $509/mo
Predictive Analytics & Forecasting

Staff Needed Each Hour, Forecast

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

We forecast required staffing by role, day and hour from predicted demand, service-time standards and coverage rules. Deployed against your scheduling data, it converts a demand curve into a headcount-by-hour requirement each site needs.

From $509/mo
Predictive Analytics & Forecasting

Predict Attendance for Every Class

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

We predict attendance for each scheduled class or session from bookings, weather, historical show rates and instructor and time-slot effects. It informs which classes to run, resize or promote.

From $509/mo
Predictive Analytics & Forecasting

Seasonal Labor Planner

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

We forecast seasonal peaks in labour demand months ahead and produce a hiring-and-ramp plan that accounts for recruitment and training lead times. It tells you when to start hiring, not just how many people you'll eventually need.

From $509/mo
Predictive Analytics & Forecasting

Find Which Prices You Can Raise

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–7 days to build

For businesses unsure how customers react to price changes. We measure how sensitive demand is for each product from your past price changes, separating out promotions and seasons, and show where you can raise prices and where you cannot.

From $509/mo
Predictive Analytics & Forecasting

Prices That Adjust to Demand Automatically

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For businesses with limited capacity or stock, like rooms, seats or seasonal goods. Our pricing engine recommends prices in real time from demand, remaining capacity, competitor prices and sensitivity, always within the floors and ceilings you set.

From $509/mo
Predictive Analytics & Forecasting

Willingness-to-Pay Estimator

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

We estimate customer willingness-to-pay and optimal price tiers from purchase data, quote acceptance, and where relevant conjoint-style surveys. It informs packaging and tier design so you price where demand actually sits.

From $509/mo
Predictive Analytics & Forecasting

Know How to React to Competitor Prices

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

It monitors competitor pricing from official APIs, licensed price feeds or sites that permit automated access, and predicts how your volume and margin respond to their moves and to your counter-moves. It recommends whether to match, hold or diverge on each item based on measured cross-effects.

From $509/mo
Predictive Analytics & Forecasting

Predict Which Clients Won't Show

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

We train a model that scores each upcoming appointment for no-show probability using booking lead time, history, reminders, weather and slot type. Deployed into your scheduling flow, it drives targeted reminders and smart overbooking.

From $509/mo
Predictive Analytics & Forecasting

Forecast Booking Cancellations

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

We predict which reservations are likely to cancel and forecast net expected arrivals per date, using lead time, rate type, source channel and history. Revenue managers plan overbooking and staffing against expected true occupancy.

From $509/mo
Predictive Analytics & Forecasting

Know Each Customer's Future Value

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

For businesses deciding how much to spend winning customers. We predict each customer's future value from their purchase history, so marketing can set budgets and focus on the most valuable groups.

From $509/mo
Predictive Analytics & Forecasting

Spot Future Top Customers From Order One

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

We predict long-term customer value from only the first days or first order, so you can identify future high-value customers before they've spent much. It transfers patterns from mature cohorts onto brand-new customers.

From $509/mo
Predictive Analytics & Forecasting

Remind Customers Right Before They Reorder

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–7 days to build

We predict when each customer is next likely to buy and what, from inter-purchase intervals, category cadence and lifecycle stage. It powers well-timed replenishment reminders and next-best-offer campaigns.

From $509/mo
Predictive Analytics & Forecasting

Predict the Size of Each Next Order

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly4–8 days to build

For businesses whose sales team must decide which accounts to call. We predict the size and margin of each customer's next order and combine it with how likely they are to buy now, ranking accounts by the value of contacting them today.

From $509/mo
Predictive Analytics & Forecasting

Spot Trial Users Ready to Buy

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–7 days to build

We predict which free-trial or freemium users will convert to paid, from onboarding actions, feature usage depth and engagement velocity. It flags high-intent trials for sales touch and low-intent ones for nudge automation.

From $509/mo
Predictive Analytics & Forecasting

Forecast Your Building Energy Use

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

We forecast electricity and gas consumption at building and portfolio level from meter history, weather, occupancy and operating schedules. Deployed with live weather and calendar feeds, it projects the load curve hours to days ahead.

From $509/mo
Predictive Analytics & Forecasting

Avoid Costly Energy Demand Peaks

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

We predict the timing and magnitude of peak energy demand events that drive demand charges, and recommend load-shifting or curtailment actions ahead of each. It targets the specific intervals that dominate your bill.

From $509/mo
Predictive Analytics & Forecasting

Catch Leaks and Waste in Utility Use

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–7 days to build

We forecast expected water, gas and electricity usage per site and flag when actual consumption diverges — catching leaks, faults and waste. It separates weather-normal variation from genuine anomalies.

From $509/mo
Predictive Analytics & Forecasting

Forecast EV Charging Demand

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–7 days to build

We forecast charging demand across your sites and connectors by time of day from session history, local traffic, events and weather. It informs capacity planning, dynamic pricing and load management for charging operators and fleets.

From $509/mo
Predictive Analytics & Forecasting

Wait-Time Prediction System

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–7 days to build

We predict customer wait times in real time from current queue state, staffing, service-time distributions and arrival forecasts. Deployed to your app or displays, it gives customers accurate estimates and managers early congestion warnings.

From $509/mo
Predictive Analytics & Forecasting

Accurate Arrival Times for Every Delivery

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–7 days to build

We predict accurate delivery and service-arrival times from route, traffic, historical leg durations, stop counts and driver patterns. It replaces flat time-window promises with data-driven ETAs and flags jobs likely to run late.

From $509/mo
Predictive Analytics & Forecasting

Service Duration Estimator

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

We predict how long each job or appointment will actually take from job type, customer, technician, parts and history, replacing flat booking slots that cause overruns and idle gaps. It feeds tighter, more accurate scheduling.

From $509/mo
Predictive Analytics & Forecasting

Predict Production Yield Before Running

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

We predict production yield and scrap rate per batch or run from process parameters, materials, machine and environmental conditions. It flags runs likely to yield poorly before or early in production so parameters can be corrected.

From $509/mo
Predictive Analytics & Forecasting

Forecast Occupancy and Room Revenue Ahead

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

We forecast occupancy, average rate and RevPAR by date and segment from booking pace, pickup curves, events and seasonality. Revenue managers get a forward demand and rate view to drive pricing and inventory decisions.

From $509/mo
Predictive Analytics & Forecasting

Forecast Enrolment for Each Programme

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

We forecast student or member enrolment by programme and term from applications, historical yield, waitlist behaviour and demographic trends. Institutions plan capacity, staffing and budgets against a defensible enrolment projection.

From $509/mo
Predictive Analytics & Forecasting

Offer Waitlist Spots to Likely Bookers

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

We predict which waitlisted customers will actually book if offered a spot, and how quickly, so you allocate scarce capacity to those who'll convert. It reduces empty spots caused by offers to non-converters.

From $509/mo
Predictive Analytics & Forecasting

Predict Ad Campaign Results Before Spending

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

We predict conversions, revenue and ROAS for planned ad campaigns from creative, channel, audience, spend and historical performance. It forecasts what a campaign will return before you commit budget and reallocates mid-flight.

From $509/mo
Predictive Analytics & Forecasting

Spot Backorders Before Customers Notice

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

We predict which orders or SKUs will go on backorder given inbound supply, demand forecasts and supplier lead-time risk. It surfaces looming backorders early enough to expedite, substitute or set customer expectations.

From $509/mo
Predictive Analytics & Forecasting

See Your Capacity Crunch Months Ahead

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

We forecast future demand on your constrained resources — chairs, bays, rooms, machines, consultants — and compare it to available capacity to reveal bottlenecks and idle windows quarters ahead. It informs hiring, capex and expansion timing.

From $69/mo
Predictive Analytics & Forecasting

Catch Risky Orders Before They Cost You

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

We forecast fraud and chargeback loss rates by channel, product and cohort, and score transactions for fraud risk in real time. It gives finance a loss projection and operations a live risk queue tuned to your acceptable false-positive rate.

From $119/mo
Predictive Analytics & Forecasting

Know When Lines Will Build Up

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–7 days to build

For places where customers wait in line — counters, check-ins, reception desks. The AI forecasts how long each queue will get hour by hour, so you open another counter or move staff before the line forms.

From $89/mo
Predictive Analytics & Forecasting

Predict What Each Customer Group Will Earn

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

We forecast how each customer cohort's revenue and retention will evolve over its lifetime, projecting cohort curves forward from early data. Leadership sees the long-run value of recent acquisition cohorts before it fully plays out.

From $69/mo
Predictive Analytics & Forecasting

Forecast Your Harvest Field by Field

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

We forecast crop and field yield from historical yields, inputs, soil, and satellite-derived vegetation and weather signals. It projects harvest volume and timing per field to plan labour, logistics and sales commitments.

From $69/mo
Predictive Analytics & Forecasting

Forecast Next Quarter's Renewal Revenue

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

We forecast recurring renewal revenue by combining per-account renewal probabilities, expansion and contraction predictions into a bookings-and-revenue projection. It gives SaaS and subscription leaders a bottom-up net-revenue-retention forecast.

From $69/mo
Predictive Analytics & Forecasting

Predict Which Units Will Go Vacant

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

For landlords and property managers who lose money every week a unit sits empty. The AI predicts which units are likely to turn over and when, so you can start renewals or re-letting early.

From $69/mo
Predictive Analytics & Forecasting

Forecast Your Grant and Donation Income

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

We forecast grant, donation and funding income for nonprofits by combining the likelihood of each open application, past seasonality, renewal rates and campaign response. It produces a probability-weighted funding outlook for budgeting.

From $69/mo
Predictive Analytics & Forecasting

Find Members Ready to Upgrade

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For gyms, studios and clubs with membership tiers. The AI predicts each member's long-term value and who is likely to move up a tier, so your team focuses offers and attention where they count.

From $69/mo
Predictive Analytics & Forecasting

Never Run Out of Supplies Again

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–7 days to build

We forecast consumption of supplies and consumables per site — from salon products to workshop materials to shop consumables — from service volume and usage history, driving automatic replenishment. It prevents both run-outs mid-service and overstock of expiring supplies.

From $69/mo
Predictive Analytics & Forecasting

See How Full Future Dates Will Get

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

We model how bookings build toward each future date (the pickup curve) and forecast final on-the-books demand from current pace versus historical patterns. Tour, event and hospitality operators see early whether a date is pacing ahead or behind.

From $69/mo
Predictive Analytics & Forecasting

Spot Jobs Likely to Need Rework

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

We predict scrap and rework rates per order and line from job specs, materials, machine state and operator, flagging jobs likely to generate high rework before they run. It links quality outcomes to controllable inputs.

From $79/mo
Predictive Analytics & Forecasting

Know Which Deliveries Will Be Late

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly4–8 days to build

We predict which shipments or deliveries will miss their SLA from lane, carrier, weather, volume and historical performance, early enough to intervene. It forecasts aggregate on-time performance and flags at-risk consignments.

From $99/mo
Decisioning & Optimization

Plan Cheaper Daily Delivery Routes

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

Solves the vehicle routing problem across your fleet with time windows, capacities, driver shifts, and live traffic to produce least-cost daily routes. Re-optimizes mid-day for new orders, cancellations, and delays, dispatching turn-by-turn sequences to drivers.

From $69/mo
Decisioning & Optimization

Build Fair Staff Rotas Automatically

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

Builds staff rosters that meet forecasted demand while honoring the working-time rules you configure, contracts, skills, availability, and fairness rules. Minimizes overtime and understaffing and republishes when someone calls out.

From $69/mo
Decisioning & Optimization

Clear Old Stock at the Right Price

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

Decides which items to mark down, by how much, and when to clear aging or seasonal stock before it loses value. Balances sell-through against recovered margin and coordinates markdowns across stores and channels.

From $69/mo
Decisioning & Optimization

Container Load & Bin-Packing Planner

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

Computes how to pack orders, pallets, and cartons into containers or trucks to maximize fill and respect weight, stacking, and fragility rules. Produces a 3D load plan and loading sequence for the warehouse.

From $69/mo
Decisioning & Optimization

Sales Territory & Quota Planner

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

Balances sales territories by potential, workload, and travel while assigning fair, achievable quotas aligned to company targets. Rebalances as reps join, leave, or accounts move, keeping coverage equitable.

From $69/mo
Decisioning & Optimization

Lower Heating and Cooling Bills Automatically

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

Learns a building's thermal behavior and controls HVAC setpoints and schedules to minimize energy cost while holding comfort bands. Uses weather forecasts, occupancy, and time-of-use tariffs to pre-cool/pre-heat optimally.

From $69/mo
Decisioning & Optimization

Restaurant Table & Yield Manager

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

Optimizes table assignments, turn times, and reservation acceptance to maximize covers and revenue across service periods. Decides which reservations to accept, how to seat walk-ins, and when to hold or release tables.

From $59/mo
Decisioning & Optimization

Set the Right Room Rate Every Night

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

Forecasts demand by date, room type, and segment, then sets rates and length-of-stay controls to maximize RevPAR. Continuously re-prices as pickup, competitor rates, and events change, syncing to your PMS/channel manager.

From $69/mo
Decisioning & Optimization

Choose Promotions That Actually Pay

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

Predicts the incremental lift and cannibalization of each promotion and selects the promo calendar that maximizes profit within budget and trade-spend limits. Avoids overlapping promos that steal from each other.

From $69/mo
Decisioning & Optimization

Weekly Cash Forecast With Shortfall Alerts

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

Forecasts inflows and outflows and recommends the timing of payments, collections, and short-term financing to avoid shortfalls at minimum cost. Optimizes payables/receivables and buffer levels against a liquidity policy.

From $59/mo
Decisioning & Optimization

Workforce Capacity Planner

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

Projects future workload and recommends how many people, with which skills, to hire, cross-train, or contract over the planning horizon. Optimizes the staffing plan against service targets and cost.

From $59/mo
Decisioning & Optimization

Put Fast Sellers Where Pickers Reach

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

Assigns SKUs to storage locations to minimize picker travel based on velocity, affinity, and ergonomics. Recomputes slotting as demand shifts and produces re-slotting move lists for the team.

From $59/mo
Decisioning & Optimization

Smarter Job Schedules for Your Shop Floor

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

Sequences jobs across machines to minimize makespan and late orders while respecting setups, capacities, and material availability. Reschedules on breakdowns and rush orders and pushes the plan to the shop floor.

From $69/mo
Decisioning & Optimization

Own the Right Number of Vehicles

Always-on · you own it1–3 days to build

Analyzes trip demand and costs to recommend the optimal number and type of vehicles to own, lease, or retire. Balances capital, maintenance, and utilization against service levels over the planning horizon.

One-time $129
Decisioning & Optimization

Save Leaving Customers Without Overspending

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

Predicts churn and price sensitivity per customer and selects the minimum retention incentive that keeps profitable customers. Targets only those whose behavior the offer will actually change, within budget.

From $89/mo
Decisioning & Optimization

Loading Dock & Appointment Scheduler

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

Optimizes inbound/outbound dock door assignments and carrier appointment times to smooth flow and cut detention. Balances yard capacity, labor, and trailer priorities across the day.

From $79/mo
Decisioning & Optimization

Design Subscription Plans Customers Choose

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

Models willingness-to-pay across segments to design plan tiers, prices, and feature bundles that maximize long-term revenue. Simulates migrations and churn before you change packaging.

One-time $129or monthly from $59/mo
Decisioning & Optimization

Clash-Free Timetables in Minutes

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

Builds course timetables assigning rooms, teachers, and time blocks with no clashes while honoring capacity, equipment, and preference constraints. Minimizes gaps and re-solves when courses or staff change.

From $69/mo
Decisioning & Optimization

Price Your Menu for Profit

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

Analyzes item profitability and popularity to reprice, reposition, or cut menu items and design combos that lift check averages. Uses ingredient costs and demand to set profit-optimal prices.

From $69/mo
Decisioning & Optimization

Match Every Client to the Right Team Member

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

Assigns clients to the best-fit staff member based on skills, preferences, history, and workload balance. Optimizes overall satisfaction and utilization rather than first-available assignment.

From $59/mo
Decisioning & Optimization

Split Orders Across Suppliers at Lowest Cost

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

Takes supplier bids with volume discounts, capacities, and quality/lead-time constraints and computes the lowest-cost sourcing split. Handles multi-item, multi-supplier awards with business rules.

From $69/mo
Decisioning & Optimization

Charge Vehicles When Power Is Cheapest

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

Schedules EV or equipment charging and battery discharge against time-of-use tariffs, demand charges, and operational needs. Minimizes energy cost while ensuring assets are ready when required.

From $59/mo
Decisioning & Optimization

Bundles and Add-Ons Customers Actually Buy

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

Mines purchase patterns to design product bundles and cross-sell offers that maximize incremental margin. Chooses bundle contents and pricing that lift attach rate without cannibalizing standalone sales.

From $99/mo
Decisioning & Optimization

Stock What Each Store's Shoppers Buy

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

Decides which products to stock at each store based on local demand, space, and assortment rules. Tailors range by location to lift sales per square foot while controlling SKU proliferation.

From $59/mo
Decisioning & Optimization

Plan Multi-Day Crew Trips at Lower Cost

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

Builds low-cost duty pairings and rosters for mobile crews across multi-day trips honoring the rest, qualification and base rules you configure. Re-solves for disruptions to keep operations within your configured rules and covered.

From $69/mo
Decisioning & Optimization

Smart Pricing for Your Parking Spaces

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

Sets dynamic parking or space rates by time, demand, and event to maximize revenue and utilization. Predicts occupancy and adjusts pricing and allocation to avoid both empty bays and overflow.

From $79/mo
Decisioning & Optimization

Fix Equipment Before It Breaks

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

Schedules preventive and predictive maintenance to minimize downtime and cost given failure risk, crew, and parts. Balances doing work early against running to failure using condition data.

From $59/mo
Decisioning & Optimization

Pick the Best Day to Harvest

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

Recommends optimal timing for harvest, planting, or production actions to maximize yield and value given weather, prices, and capacity. Balances quality windows against logistics and market conditions.

From $69/mo
Decisioning & Optimization

Multi-Store Labor Budget Allocator

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

Distributes a fixed labor budget across stores and dayparts to maximize service and sales given each location's demand pattern. Sets hour targets per site and reallocates as demand shifts.

From $59/mo
Decisioning & Optimization

Ship Each Order the Cheapest Way

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

Chooses the cheapest mode and carrier per shipment that still meets the delivery deadline, consolidating loads where possible. Optimizes across LTL, FTL, parcel, and intermodal with live rates.

From $89/mo
Decisioning & Optimization

Personal Renewal Offers That Keep Members

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

Selects personalized renewal offers (perks and retention discounts off one published price) that maximize retained lifetime value per member. Balances price increases against churn risk using each member's usage and tenure.

From $69/mo
Decisioning & Optimization

Share Vehicles Across Trips and Jobs

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

Matches and pools compatible trips or jobs to share vehicles and reduce cost while keeping detours acceptable. Continuously batches live requests into shared assignments.

From $99/mo
Decisioning & Optimization

Spend Retailer Promotion Budgets Wisely

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

Allocates trade-promotion budget across accounts, brands, and periods to maximize retailer sell-through and manufacturer profit. Optimizes the plan against measured historical ROI and constraints.

From $69/mo
Decisioning & Optimization

Open Exactly the Classes You Need

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

Decides how many sections of each course to open and their sizes to meet enrollment demand within faculty and room limits. Minimizes unmet demand and cost while balancing class sizes.

From $69/mo
Decisioning & Optimization

Get the Most Back From Returns

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

Decides for each returned item whether to restock, refurbish, liquidate, or scrap, and routes it to the lowest-cost, highest-recovery destination. Optimizes reverse flows across facilities.

From $79/mo
Decisioning & Optimization

Sell Your Ad Slots for More

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

Allocates limited ad slots and sponsorships across advertisers to maximize revenue while honoring commitments and frequency caps. Prices and schedules placements against forecasted supply.

From $69/mo
Decisioning & Optimization

Use Short-Life Stock Before It Expires

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–7 days to build

Manages ordering and distribution of short-shelf-life stock across sites to minimize expiry and shortage. Forecasts usage and optimizes transfers so units are where they're needed before they expire.

From $59/mo
Decisioning & Optimization

Quote Jobs to Win at Good Margin

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

Quotes jobs at prices that win the work and hit margin targets using predicted win-probability and cost. Learns from won/lost quotes to set the profit-optimal price for each opportunity.

From $69/mo
Decisioning & Optimization

Choose Where to Open Your Next Location

Always-on · you own it1–3 days to build

Recommends where to open, relocate, or close locations to maximize coverage and revenue while minimizing cannibalization and cost. Optimizes the network against demand geography and constraints.

One-time $129
Decisioning & Optimization

Right Number of People on the Phones

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly4–8 days to build

Forecasts contact volume by interval and computes staffing that meets service-level targets at minimum cost, then routes contacts to the best-skilled agent. Combines Erlang staffing with skills-based routing.

From $69/mo
Decisioning & Optimization

Rent Out More Units at Better Rates

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

Sets dynamic rental rates and manages availability across locations to maximize revenue per available unit. Balances utilization, length-of-rental mix, and repositioning against demand.

From $69/mo
Decisioning & Optimization

Collect Only Full Bins on Shorter Routes

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

Plans collection routes accounting for bin fill levels, vehicle capacity, and disposal-site constraints to cut miles and missed pickups. Uses fill sensors or predictions to skip empty stops.

From $69/mo
Decisioning & Optimization

Share Stock Smartly Across Sales Channels

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

Allocates shared stock across sales channels and fulfillment nodes to maximize margin and service under demand uncertainty. Decides which node ships which order to cut split shipments and stockouts.

From $89/mo
Decisioning & Optimization

Commission Plans That Reward the Right Sales

Always-on · you own it2–4 days to build

Designs sales commission structures that drive target behaviors while capping cost and avoiding perverse incentives. Simulates rep responses to plan changes before rollout.

One-time $129
Decisioning & Optimization

Fair Peak-Time Pricing With a Cap

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

Detects demand spikes in real time and sets surge multipliers that balance supply, revenue, and customer acceptance, within a hard cap you set and automatically suspended during declared emergencies. Learns acceptance thresholds by segment to avoid over-surging.

From $99/mo
Decisioning & Optimization

Smart Discounts on Food Near Its Date

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

Sets timed markdowns on dated perishables to maximize recovered revenue before expiry across each store. Predicts sell-through at each discount and schedules reductions per item and shelf life.

From $69/mo
Decisioning & Optimization

Cut More Parts From Less Material

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

Computes cutting and nesting plans for sheet, roll, or bar stock to minimize waste for a set of orders. Optimizes layouts respecting grain, kerf, and machine constraints and outputs job sheets.

From $69/mo
Decisioning & Optimization

Plan Who Works on Which Project

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

Proposes project staffing plans for your managers to approve, matching declared skills and calendar availability to deadlines to protect billable capacity and project margin. Re-proposes plans as scope and timelines shift; people are never scored on performance.

From $59/mo
Decisioning & Optimization

Build Better Tour Days Automatically

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

Builds multi-stop tour itineraries that maximize value within time, opening hours, and travel constraints. Sequences attractions and activities per group and re-plans for weather or closures.

From $149/mo
Decisioning & Optimization

Discount & Financing Deal Structurer

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

Structures the optimal mix of price discount, add-ons and trade-in allowance that closes a deal at target profit (financing terms stay with your licensed lender). Uses predicted close probability and customer sensitivity to shape each offer.

From $59/mo
Decisioning & Optimization

Water Exactly What Plants Need

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

Schedules irrigation zone-by-zone to minimize water and energy while meeting plant needs using soil, weather, and evapotranspiration data. Optimizes timing against tariffs and pump capacity.

From $59/mo
Decisioning & Optimization

Schedule Interview Panels Without the Headache

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

Schedules interview loops assigning interviewers to candidates and slots to balance load, cover required skills, and avoid conflicts. Re-solves as candidates and interviewer availability change.

From $69/mo
Decisioning & Optimization

Design a Cheaper Warehouse Network

Always-on · you own it2–4 days to build

Determines the optimal number, location, and role of warehouses and flows to minimize total landed cost at target service. Optimizes sourcing, production, and distribution across the network.

One-time $129
Decisioning & Optimization

Cut Peak Power Charges Automatically

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

Curtails and shifts flexible loads during peak events to minimize demand charges and capture demand-response payments without disrupting operations. Chooses which loads to shed and when.

From $59/mo
Decisioning & Optimization

Plan Where Franchises Open Next

Always-on · you own it2–4 days to build

Plans franchise territories and the sequence of new-unit openings to maximize network coverage and revenue while limiting cannibalization. Optimizes boundaries and rollout timing against demand geography.

One-time $129
Decisioning & Optimization

Give Shelf Space to Best Sellers

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

Allocates shelf space and positions across categories and SKUs to maximize sales per linear foot given demand and adjacency rules. Produces optimized planograms and re-optimizes with demand shifts.

From $59/mo
Decisioning & Optimization

Keep Crews and Machines Busy

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

Schedules crews and heavy equipment across job sites to minimize idle time and mobilization cost while meeting project deadlines. Sequences tasks with dependencies and shares scarce equipment across sites.

From $69/mo
AI Platform & Model Engineering

Your Own Private AI Assistant, In-House

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For firms that cannot send documents to outside AI services. We install an open AI model on your own servers or private cloud, so staff use AI for drafting, summarising and questions while nothing leaves your network.

From $119/mo
AI Platform & Model Engineering

Train an AI Model on Your Examples

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

For businesses whose AI needs to write or classify in their own way. We build a repeatable process that turns your example data into a custom-trained model, tested against held-back examples before each new version goes live.

One-time $969or monthly from $509/mo
AI Platform & Model Engineering

AI That Answers From Your Documents

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For businesses with lots of documents staff or customers search through. We build an AI that reads your documents and answers questions with citations to the exact source, tested against your own real questions.

From $109/mo
AI Platform & Model Engineering

Test Every AI Change Before It Ships

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

We build a versioned evaluation suite that scores every model or prompt change against a golden dataset before it ships, catching regressions automatically. Results are tracked over time so you can see quality trending across releases.

From $69/mo
AI Platform & Model Engineering

Hide Personal Data From AI Services

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

We build an inline layer that detects and redacts names, emails, card numbers, health identifiers, and custom entities before text reaches any model or log. Redactions are reversible via a secure vault when authorized, so downstream systems still work.

From $149/mo
AI Platform & Model Engineering

A/B Testing for AI

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For businesses with AI features that want proof one version beats another. We build experiments that split live traffic between prompt or model versions and measure real business results.

From $59/mo
AI Platform & Model Engineering

Run AI Directly on Phones and Devices

Always-on · you own it3–6 days to build

For app makers whose AI must work fast, offline or privately. We shrink a model and install it inside your phone app, browser app or device, so it runs without a server.

One-time $869
AI Platform & Model Engineering

Generate Extra Training Data Safely

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For teams whose AI lacks examples of rare cases. We build a pipeline that generates realistic made-up examples, checks them against your real data and records what was generated and why.

One-time $249or monthly from $59/mo
AI Platform & Model Engineering

Safety Check for Every AI Answer

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

We build a validation layer that enforces schema, blocks unsafe or off-policy content, and checks factual grounding on every model response before it reaches a user. Failing outputs are auto-corrected or retried instead of shipped.

From $159/mo
AI Platform & Model Engineering

Let User Feedback Improve Your AI

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

We build a feedback loop that captures user thumbs, corrections, and choices and turns them into DPO/RLHF training signal to steadily align the model to your users. Each cycle is measured against a held-out set to confirm real improvement.

From $509/mo
AI Platform & Model Engineering

Pay for AI Servers Only When Busy

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

We set up autoscaling GPU infrastructure that spins capacity up under load and down when idle, with queueing and priority classes. Jobs and inference share the pool efficiently so you stop paying for idle accelerators.

From $59/mo
AI Platform & Model Engineering

Make Your AI Servers Faster and Cheaper

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For businesses running their own AI models on costly servers. We tune your model serving so the same hardware handles more requests faster, and we measure before and after.

One-time $129or monthly from $59/mo
AI Platform & Model Engineering

Hallucination Detection Service

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

We deploy a grounding verifier that checks each generated claim against its source passages and flags or blocks unsupported statements. It scores faithfulness in real time and can force a regeneration when the answer drifts.

From $159/mo
AI Platform & Model Engineering

Swap Costly AI for a Cheaper Copy

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

We distill a large model's behavior into a small, cheap one that runs at a fraction of the cost while keeping most of the quality on your task. We generate teacher outputs, train the student, and prove the quality gap is acceptable.

One-time $969or monthly from $509/mo
AI Platform & Model Engineering

AI Feature Integration

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

We embed an AI feature — summarization, drafting, search, or classification — directly into your existing app with proper auth, rate limits, error states, and analytics. It ships as production code in your stack, not a demo.

From $109/mo
AI Platform & Model Engineering

Stop People Tricking Your AI

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

We build a defense layer that detects and neutralizes prompt-injection and jailbreak attempts hidden in user input or retrieved documents. It isolates untrusted content, strips instructions, and blocks tool misuse before harm occurs.

From $249/mo
AI Platform & Model Engineering

Test Your AI Under Heavy Traffic

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For businesses launching or growing AI features. We simulate many users at once against your AI and show how fast it responds, where it breaks and what capacity you need for growth.

From $59/mo
AI Platform & Model Engineering

Know When Your AI Starts Slipping

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

We deploy monitoring that watches input distribution and output quality over time and alerts when the model starts drifting from its training baseline. It separates data drift from concept drift so you know whether to retrain or rethink.

From $59/mo
AI Platform & Model Engineering

One Source of Data for Your Models

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

For teams training and running their own models. We build a feature store so the same data definitions feed both training and live predictions, ending mismatches that quietly break models.

From $59/mo
AI Platform & Model Engineering

Run AI Over Huge Record Sets Overnight

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

We build a pipeline that runs models over millions of records efficiently with checkpointing, retries, and cost controls. Large scoring jobs run overnight and resume cleanly if interrupted.

From $1,059/mo
AI Platform & Model Engineering

Canary Deployment for Models

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

We set up progressive model rollouts that send a small slice of traffic to a new version, watch quality and error metrics, and auto-promote or auto-rollback based on the numbers. Bad models never reach all your users.

From $59/mo
AI Platform & Model Engineering

Make Search Understand Your Jargon

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For businesses whose AI search misses because of specialist terms. We train the search model on your terms and examples so it finds the right documents, and measure the improvement against the standard model.

One-time $969or monthly from $509/mo
AI Platform & Model Engineering

Conversational Memory Infrastructure

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

We build a memory layer that stores, summarizes, and retrieves conversation history so your assistant remembers users across sessions without blowing the context window. It balances recall with cost through tiered summarization.

From $119/mo
AI Platform & Model Engineering

Private AI for Each of Your Customer Accounts

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For software companies adding AI features for many business customers. We build one backend that keeps each customer's data strictly separate, meters their usage and lets you set limits and models per plan.

From $249/mo
AI Platform & Model Engineering

Token Budget & Rate Limiting

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

We deploy a service that enforces per-user, per-team, and per-plan token and request limits with graceful degradation and clear quota feedback. It protects your budget and prevents any one client from starving the rest.

From $59/mo
AI Platform & Model Engineering

Automatic Moderation for Posts and Images

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–5 days to build

We build and deploy a moderation classifier tuned to your policy that flags toxic, unsafe, or off-policy content in text or images at scale. It ships with a review queue and continuous retraining from moderator decisions.

From $149/mo
AI Platform & Model Engineering

Accurate Call and Meeting Transcripts, In-House

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

We deploy an ASR pipeline with speaker diarization, timestamps, and domain vocabulary tuning that transcribes calls and meetings recorded with participants' notice accurately. It runs on your infrastructure so recordings never leave your control.

From $69/mo
AI Platform & Model Engineering

Show Each Customer What They'll Want

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

For online stores and content sites that show everyone the same items. We build a recommendation engine that learns from browsing and buying to suggest the right products to each visitor, with your business rules on top.

From $1,059/mo
AI Platform & Model Engineering

Spot Unusual Activity in Your Numbers

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For businesses that want to know when something odd happens — a sales drop, a payment spike, a system error surge. We deploy a model that learns what normal looks like and alerts you to real anomalies, not noise.

From $119/mo
AI Platform & Model Engineering

Stress-Test Your AI Before Others Do

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

We build an adversarial test suite that automatically probes your AI for jailbreaks, data leakage, bias, and policy violations, and reruns on every release. Findings come with severity, reproductions, and remediation guidance.

From $59/mo
AI Platform & Model Engineering

AI That Connects Facts Across Records

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

For businesses whose questions need linking facts across many records. We combine a map of how your people, companies, products and documents connect with document search, so the AI answers multi-step questions.

From $99/mo
AI Platform & Model Engineering

Ask Questions About Photos and Documents

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

We build retrieval and generation over both images and text so users can query across diagrams, screenshots, product photos, and documents together. Images are embedded, retrieved, and reasoned about alongside their surrounding text.

From $109/mo
AI Platform & Model Engineering

One AI Server, Many Custom Versions

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For companies offering custom AI per customer or task. We set up serving where one base model swaps in many small custom add-ons, so each customer gets their own tuned version without a dedicated server.

From $449/mo
AI Platform & Model Engineering

Shrink Your AI Model to Cut Costs

Always-on · you own it2–5 days to build

We shrink your model through pruning, quantization, and structured compression to fit tighter memory and cost budgets while measuring the quality tradeoff at each step. You get the smallest model that still meets your quality bar.

One-time $969
AI Platform & Model Engineering

Offline AI Box With No Internet

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For sites that must keep data fully offline — factories, labs, private archives. We deliver a complete AI system that runs with no internet at all: the model, document search and a chat screen, updated only by signed offline packages.

From $69/mo
AI Platform & Model Engineering

Ready-Made Code Kit for Your AI

Always-on · you own it1–3 days to build

For software teams connecting several apps to their AI backend. We build a typed code library with retries, streaming, logins and error handling built in, plus documentation and examples in the languages your team uses.

One-time $209
AI Platform & Model Engineering

Move AI Search to Production Strength

Always-on · you own it2–4 days to build

For businesses whose AI search outgrew its demo setup. We move your search database to a production setup that handles growth and failures, switching over without downtime.

One-time $779
AI Platform & Model Engineering

Automatic Prompt Optimization

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

We build a harness that programmatically searches and optimizes prompts against your eval set, treating prompt engineering as a measurable optimization problem. It converges on prompts that outperform hand-written ones.

One-time $129or monthly from $59/mo
AI Platform & Model Engineering

AI Scoring Checked Against Human Ratings

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For teams that need to grade AI output at scale. We build an AI judge that scores answers on your rubric and check it against human ratings so you can trust its scores.

From $159/mo
AI Platform & Model Engineering

Chatbot That Hands Off to Humans

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For businesses whose chatbot frustrates customers when it gets stuck. We build a chatbot that answers from your content and passes the conversation, with full context, to a person when it is unsure or the customer asks.

From $129/mo
AI Platform & Model Engineering

Golden Dataset Builder

Always-on · you own it1–3 days to build

We construct a rigorously curated golden test set for your AI task with balanced coverage, expert labels, and adjudicated edge cases. It becomes the ground truth every eval and regression check runs against.

One-time $99
AI Platform & Model Engineering

Keep AI Search Fresh Without Rebuilds

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For businesses whose AI search goes stale or costs a fortune to rebuild every night. We build a pipeline that updates only what changed, with checks that search stays consistent.

From $449/mo
AI Platform & Model Engineering

See Where Your AI Money Goes

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

We instrument your AI infrastructure to attribute GPU and token spend to teams, features, and customers, and surface waste like idle GPUs and oversized models. You get a live cost picture and concrete savings actions.

From $59/mo
AI Platform & Model Engineering

Run Your AI Models on Kubernetes

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For tech teams that already run their software on Kubernetes and now have their own AI models to serve. We set up model serving that scales up when traffic rises, scales down when it is quiet, and rolls out new model versions safely.

From $479/mo
AI Platform & Model Engineering

Structured Output Enforcement

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

We build a layer that constrains model output to a strict JSON schema or grammar so downstream code never chokes on malformed responses. Invalid outputs are constrained at generation time or repaired and revalidated.

From $59/mo
AI Platform & Model Engineering

Remove Duplicate Content by Meaning

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

We build a pipeline that finds and removes near-duplicate content by meaning, not just exact text, cleaning training sets and knowledge bases of redundancy. It clusters similar items and keeps the best representative of each.

One-time $69or monthly from $29/mo
AI Platform & Model Engineering

Cross-Encoder Reranker Training

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–7 days to build

We train a custom cross-encoder reranker on your click and relevance data so ranking reflects what your users actually find useful. We measure NDCG gains over generic rerankers before shipping.

From $509/mo
AI Platform & Model Engineering

One Connection to Many AI Providers

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

We deploy a gateway that unifies multiple model providers behind one API with automatic failover, load balancing, and provider-agnostic keys. If one provider degrades or rate-limits you, traffic shifts seamlessly.

From $129/mo
AI Platform & Model Engineering

Private AI for Sensitive Documents

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For firms handling confidential documents who want AI help but cannot let anyone, even the server host, read the data. We set up an AI model inside a sealed, encrypted compute area and give you proof your data stayed inside it.

From $79/mo
AI Platform & Model Engineering

Pull Key Details Out of Your Text

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–7 days to build

For businesses buried in emails, documents and notes that mention part numbers, product codes or other details staff copy out by hand. We train an AI to pick those details out automatically and drop them into a spreadsheet or system.

From $89/mo
AI Platform & Model Engineering

Intent Classification Service

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–7 days to build

We build a classifier that routes incoming messages, tickets, or queries to the right intent and team with confidence scores and an unknown-intent bucket. It retrains from corrections so accuracy climbs over time.

From $89/mo
AI Platform & Model Engineering

Image Generation Deployment

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For brands and agencies that need lots of product and campaign images in a consistent style. We set up a private image generator trained on your products and look, so your team creates on-brand images without paying per picture.

From $79/mo
AI Platform & Model Engineering

Mark and Trace Your AI-Made Content

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

We add watermarking and content provenance to your AI-generated text or images so outputs can be detected and traced back to your system. This supports AI-content labelling, brand protection, and misuse investigation.

From $79/mo
AI Platform & Model Engineering

Feedback & Labeling Platform

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

We build an in-product feedback capture and labeling platform that turns user signals and reviewer decisions into structured training data. It closes the loop from production output to the next model improvement.

From $79/mo
AI Platform & Model Engineering

Retrieval Evaluation Harness

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For teams running an AI assistant over their documents who cannot tell if a change makes answers better or worse. We build a test bench that scores how well your system finds the right documents, and reruns after every change.

From $59/mo
AI Platform & Model Engineering

AI Models That Retrain Themselves Safely

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

For companies whose AI models get stale as customers and products change. We build a pipeline that retrains your model when new data arrives, tests it, and only puts it live if it does at least as well as the old one.

From $479/mo
AI Platform & Model Engineering

Voice Assistant That Talks Naturally

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–5 days to build

For businesses that want customers to speak to an AI on the phone or in their app and get a natural back-and-forth. We build the voice engine that listens, answers from your own information and talks back, letting callers interrupt like a real conversation.

From $369/mo
AI Platform & Model Engineering

Recommendation Cold-Start Solver

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly4–8 days to build

For shops and booking sites whose recommendations only work for regular customers. We add a layer that suggests good products to brand-new visitors and gives brand-new products a fair chance, using what items are like and the visit context.

From $59/mo
Knowledge Assistants & Search (RAG)

Internal SOP Assistant

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

We ingest your standard-operating-procedure library, runbooks and wiki, then deploy a grounded assistant that answers staff questions with the exact step and a link back to the source clause. Every answer cites the SOP version it came from, so stale guidance is never repeated.

From $79/mo
Knowledge Assistants & Search (RAG)

Franchise Playbook Assistant

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

We consolidate every location's operations playbook, brand standards and regional variants into one governed assistant, so any franchisee gets the approved answer for their market. Region-specific rules are enforced through metadata so no one gets another market's policy.

From $79/mo
Knowledge Assistants & Search (RAG)

Engineering Codebase Search

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

We index your source code, internal engineering wiki and design docs into a developer assistant that answers where a function lives, how a system works and why a decision was made. Answers cite the file, line and doc, scoped to repos the developer can access.

From $79/mo
Knowledge Assistants & Search (RAG)

Historical-Archive Semantic Search

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

We digitize and index your archives, records and collections into a semantic search that finds items by meaning, era or theme rather than exact catalog terms. Results cite the archival record and its provenance.

One-time $169or monthly from $89/mo
Knowledge Assistants & Search (RAG)

Voice-Channel Knowledge Assistant

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

We ingest your knowledge base and connect it to a voice assistant on your phone/IVR line that answers callers with grounded responses read aloud. Answers stay within your documented content and hand off to an agent when unsure.

From $69/mo
Knowledge Assistants & Search (RAG)

Teams/Slack Embedded Copilot

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

We ingest your company's connected sources (wiki, drive, tickets) and deploy a grounded copilot directly inside Slack or Teams that answers where employees already work. It respects each user's permissions and cites the source in-thread.

From $79/mo
Risk, Fraud & Anomaly Detection

Card-Testing Attack Blocker

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

We deploy a real-time detector that spots BIN enumeration and card-testing bursts by watching micro-authorization patterns, decline ratios and shared device/IP fingerprints across your checkout. It auto-throttles, injects challenges, and quarantines attacking sessions before they burn your processor good-standing.

From $159/mo
Risk, Fraud & Anomaly Detection

Spot Orders Likely to Become Chargebacks

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly4–8 days to build

We train a model on your settled transactions and dispute outcomes to predict which orders will become chargebacks, scoring each at checkout and post-purchase. High-risk orders route to manual review, delayed fulfilment, or proactive refund to dodge the dispute fee.

From $509/mo
Risk, Fraud & Anomaly Detection

Fight Fake 'Item Not Received' Disputes

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

We deploy a model that separates genuine 'item not received' disputes from friendly fraud by correlating delivery evidence, device history, prior dispute behaviour and account tenure. Flagged first-party fraud gets auto-assembled representment evidence to win the chargeback.

From $59/mo
Risk, Fraud & Anomaly Detection

Payout & Disbursement Fraud Guard

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

We deploy controls on your outbound money movement — refunds, seller payouts, supplier payments — that score each payout against destination history, velocity and account-change events. Suspicious payouts are held for dual approval before funds leave.

From $79/mo
Risk, Fraud & Anomaly Detection

Account-Takeover Guard

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

We build a continuous ATO detector that models each user's normal device, geo, and behaviour, and scores login and post-login events for takeover signals like impossible travel, credential reuse and sudden setting changes. High-risk sessions trigger step-up auth or lockout in real time.

From $449/mo
Risk, Fraud & Anomaly Detection

Block Mass Password-Guessing Attacks

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For online businesses whose login page gets flooded by bots trying leaked passwords. We deploy a detector that spots these waves, checks for known leaked passwords, and slows or challenges the attack until it stops.

From $349/mo
Risk, Fraud & Anomaly Detection

Stop Hijacked Sessions Mid-Use

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

We build a continuous authentication layer that watches for mid-session device, network and session-token drift indicating a hijacked session (no behavioural biometrics such as typing or mouse patterns). When continuity breaks, it forces re-authentication or terminates the session before sensitive actions complete.

From $249/mo
Risk, Fraud & Anomaly Detection

Find Fake Reviews on Your Store

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

We deploy a detector that finds review fraud by clustering reviewer accounts, timing bursts, text similarity, and purchase-verification gaps across your marketplace or storefront. Suspicious reviews are quarantined and rings are surfaced for enforcement.

From $69/mo
Risk, Fraud & Anomaly Detection

Stop Loyalty Points Abuse

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

We build a detector for loyalty-program abuse — points farming, account merging, self-referral and unauthorized redemption — by modelling earning/redemption patterns and account relationships. Anomalous point flows are frozen and flagged for review before redemption.

From $119/mo
Risk, Fraud & Anomaly Detection

Catch Repeat Refund Abuse

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

We deploy a detector that flags refund abuse — serial 'item not received' claims, wardrobing, and refund-then-keep patterns — by profiling customer refund history and cross-account links. High-risk refund requests route to manual review or require proof before processing.

From $69/mo
Risk, Fraud & Anomaly Detection

Stop Discount Code Abuse

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

We build a detector that finds promo-code abuse — multi-accounting to reuse first-order discounts, code sharing, and stacking exploits — by linking accounts via device, payment and address signals. Abusive redemptions are blocked or clawed back automatically.

From $79/mo
Risk, Fraud & Anomaly Detection

Spot Return Abuse While Keeping Easy Returns

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

We deploy a returns-abuse system that scores customers and orders for serial returning, bracketing, worn-item returns and return fraud using purchase and return history plus item-condition signals. High-risk returns are routed to manual inspection while good customers keep frictionless returns; statutory return rights are never removed.

From $69/mo
Risk, Fraud & Anomaly Detection

Keep Bots Out of Limited Drops

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

We build a detector that identifies resellers and inventory-hoarding bots on limited-stock drops via velocity, account-clustering, checkout behaviour and shipping-consolidation patterns. Detected resellers are throttled, held, or purchase-limited to protect genuine customers.

From $99/mo
Risk, Fraud & Anomaly Detection

Stop Repeat Free-Trial Abuse

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

We deploy a detector that catches serial free-trial abuse and multi-accounting by linking signups through device fingerprints, payment instruments, email/phone patterns and behaviour. Repeat abusers are blocked from re-triailing or converted to paid-only flows.

From $69/mo
Risk, Fraud & Anomaly Detection

Protect Your Gift Cards From Fraud

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

We build a detector for gift-card fraud — balance-checking bots, cracked codes, and laundering of stolen cards into gift cards — by monitoring redemption velocity, balance-check patterns and purchase-to-redemption links. Suspicious cards are frozen and flagged before value is drained.

From $89/mo
Risk, Fraud & Anomaly Detection

Catch Fake Cashback and Rebate Claims

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

We deploy a detector that finds fraudulent cashback and rebate claims — fabricated receipts, duplicate submissions, and self-referral loops — by validating receipts and linking claimant accounts. Suspicious claims are held for verification before payout.

From $79/mo
Risk, Fraud & Anomaly Detection

Find Meter Tampering and Utility Theft

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

We build a detector that finds electricity/gas/water meter tampering and theft by profiling consumption patterns against expected usage, weather and peer baselines. Suspicious accounts are ranked for field inspection with the anomaly evidence.

From $509/mo
Risk, Fraud & Anomaly Detection

Cold Storage Temperature Alerts

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

We deploy a monitoring service on temperature, humidity and door-event sensors across your cold-chain that detects excursions and spoilage risk in real time. Alerts and predicted spoilage windows fire before product is lost, with a full excursion log.

From $109/mo
Risk, Fraud & Anomaly Detection

Spot Fuel Theft and Vehicle Misuse

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

We build a detector on vehicle telematics that flags fuel theft, unauthorized use, harsh-driving risk and odometer/route anomalies across your fleet. Flags feed a vehicle-level review queue for action; drivers are not individually scored or ranked.

From $89/mo
Risk, Fraud & Anomaly Detection

Catch Production Line Problems Early

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

For manufacturers who find defects only after a batch is ruined. We connect your line sensors to a monitor that spots drifting conditions early and tells operators which stage and setting to check.

From $509/mo
Risk, Fraud & Anomaly Detection

Spot Hackers Moving Inside Your Network

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

We build a network anomaly-detection system that baselines normal traffic and flags intrusions, lateral movement and beaconing that signature tools miss. Alerts are enriched, prioritized and pushed to your SOC or SIEM with context.

From $59/mo
Risk, Fraud & Anomaly Detection

Watch Admin Accounts for Risky Actions

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

We deploy a monitor on privileged and admin activity that baselines expected use of high-risk accounts and flags off-hours, off-pattern and escalation anomalies. High-risk actions can require just-in-time approval before they execute.

From $99/mo
Risk, Fraud & Anomaly Detection

Stop API Abuse and Data Scraping

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For businesses with an API or website whose data gets scraped or whose API gets abused. We build a detector that learns each client's normal use and slows, traps or cuts off abusive ones.

From $159/mo
Risk, Fraud & Anomaly Detection

Flag Suspicious Expense Claims

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

We build a detector that scores employee expense reports for fraud and policy abuse — duplicates, inflated amounts, mischaracterized personal spend and out-of-policy vendors — using receipt parsing and peer-pattern models. Flagged reports route to finance review with the specific exceptions.

From $69/mo
Risk, Fraud & Anomaly Detection

Spot Suspicious Purchasing Patterns

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

We deploy a detector that finds procurement fraud — bid rigging, split purchases to dodge approval limits, and vendor-employee collusion — by analysing purchasing patterns and entity relationships. Suspicious activity is cased with the supporting purchase and relationship evidence.

From $69/mo
Risk, Fraud & Anomaly Detection

Catch Fake and Altered Invoices

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

We build a detector for fraudulent and business-email-compromise invoices that flags fake vendors, altered bank details, and duplicate or inflated invoices before payment. Suspicious invoices are held with the anomaly and any bank-detail-change evidence for AP verification.

From $29/mo
Risk, Fraud & Anomaly Detection

Find Duplicate Supplier Payments

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

We deploy an accounts-payable matcher that finds duplicate and erroneous payments across invoices, vendors and payment runs using fuzzy matching on amounts, references and dates. Matches are surfaced pre-payment for holds and post-payment for recovery.

From $59/mo
Risk, Fraud & Anomaly Detection

Find Fake Suppliers in Your Records

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

We build a detector that finds fictitious and shell vendors by cross-checking vendor master data against registries, employee records, and address/bank overlaps, and by profiling unusual payment patterns. Suspect vendors are flagged for verification before further payment.

From $59/mo
Risk, Fraud & Anomaly Detection

Stop Paying for Fake Ad Clicks

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

We build a click-fraud detection service that scores ad clicks for invalidity using IP/device reputation, click-timing, conversion-consistency and bot-behaviour signals. Invalid clicks are filtered in real time and compiled into refund-claim evidence for your ad networks.

From $219/mo
Risk, Fraud & Anomaly Detection

Catch Fake Ad Views and Bad Placements

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

We deploy a detector that flags impression fraud — bot traffic, stacked/hidden ads, and domain spoofing — by analysing viewability signals, traffic sourcing and placement patterns. Fraudulent inventory is scored and excluded from spend with the evidence for makegoods.

From $69/mo
Risk, Fraud & Anomaly Detection

Stop Affiliate Partners Gaming Commissions

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

We build a detector that finds affiliate fraud — cookie stuffing, self-referral, fake leads and traffic laundering — by analysing conversion quality, traffic sources and affiliate-to-customer links. Fraudulent affiliates are flagged and commissions held before payout.

From $79/mo
Risk, Fraud & Anomaly Detection

Stop Fake App Installs Eating Your Budget

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For app makers paying ad networks per install who suspect many installs are fake. We deploy a detector that checks install timing, device patterns and attribution data, rejects fake installs and prepares claw-back evidence.

From $69/mo
Risk, Fraud & Anomaly Detection

Find Money You Forgot to Bill

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

We deploy a detector that finds revenue leakage — unbilled usage, pricing errors, missed renewals, and under-charged contracts — by reconciling entitlements, usage and billing data. Each leak is quantified and routed for recovery with the supporting records.

From $59/mo
Risk, Fraud & Anomaly Detection

Alerts When Your Key Numbers Act Strange

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

We deploy an automated anomaly-detection layer over your business metrics — revenue, signups, conversion, error rates — that learns seasonality and alerts on statistically significant deviations. Alerts include probable-cause segmentation so teams know where to look.

From $79/mo
Risk, Fraud & Anomaly Detection

Uncover Rigged Trading on Your Marketplace

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

We build a graph-analytics detector for two-sided marketplace collusion — buyer-seller wash trading, review rings, and fee-avoidance loops — by linking accounts through transactions, devices and payment instruments. Colluding clusters are scored and surfaced for enforcement.

From $59/mo
Risk, Fraud & Anomaly Detection

Block Scam Listings Before They Go Live

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

We deploy a detector that scores marketplace listings and sellers for fraud — counterfeit signals, stolen imagery, price-too-good scams, and bait-and-switch patterns. High-risk listings are held from publication and sellers are risk-tiered for monitoring.

From $119/mo
Risk, Fraud & Anomaly Detection

Keep Ticket Bots Out of Your On-Sales

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

We build a detector for ticketing that identifies scalping bots and account-farming during on-sales via velocity, behavioural and account-cluster signals. Detected bots are throttled and purchases limited so real fans get tickets at face value.

From $119/mo
Risk, Fraud & Anomaly Detection

Stop Payments Diverted to Criminals

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

We deploy a detector on outbound wires and payments that flags diversion fraud — last-minute bank-detail changes, unusual beneficiaries and social-engineering patterns — before funds are sent. High-risk transfers require callback verification and dual approval.

From $59/mo
Risk, Fraud & Anomaly Detection

Detect Phone Network Fraud

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

We build a detector for telecom fraud — SIM-box bypass, international revenue-share fraud, and Wangiri patterns — by profiling call-detail records for abnormal volume, destination and duration signatures. Suspicious numbers and routes are flagged for blocking with the evidence.

From $59/mo
Risk, Fraud & Anomaly Detection

Spot Suspicious Warranty Claims

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

We build a detector that flags fraudulent and abusive warranty claims — claims outside coverage, serial-number reuse, and dealer/repairer collusion — by analysing claim patterns and entity links. Suspect claims route to review before reimbursement with the driving indicators.

From $69/mo
Risk, Fraud & Anomaly Detection

Catch Rolled-Back Mileage on Vehicles

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

We deploy a detector that flags odometer rollback and vehicle-history fraud by cross-checking mileage readings across service, inspection and listing records for impossible decreases and inconsistencies. Suspect vehicles are flagged with the conflicting records for verification.

From $69/mo
Risk, Fraud & Anomaly Detection

Stop Fuel Card Misuse

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

We build a detector for fuel-card abuse — fill-ups exceeding tank capacity, off-route purchases, and non-fuel spend — by profiling each card and vehicle's normal usage and location. Anomalous transactions are flagged or declined with the exception detail.

From $69/mo
Risk, Fraud & Anomaly Detection

Detect Fake Locations and Hidden Networks

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

We build a detector that flags location-spoofing risk — VPNs, proxies, TOR, residential-proxy networks, and GPS spoofing — to protect geo-restricted, licensing and fraud-sensitive flows. Each request gets a location-trust score with the spoofing signals for policy decisions.

From $249/mo
Risk, Fraud & Anomaly Detection

Set Your Own Fraud Speed Limits

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

We deploy a configurable velocity engine that tracks counts and sums across any entity — card, device, email, IP, address, account — over sliding windows and triggers rules when thresholds are breached. It gives your fraud team a self-serve way to author and test velocity rules without engineering.

From $449/mo
Risk, Fraud & Anomaly Detection

One Decision Point for All Fraud Checks

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For businesses with several fraud tools, rules and lists that do not talk to each other. We build one decision service that combines them all and returns approve, review or decline with reasons, and logs every decision.

From $449/mo
Risk, Fraud & Anomaly Detection

Fraud Case-Management & Review Queue

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

We deploy a case-management workbench that aggregates alerts from all your detectors into a prioritized, deduplicated review queue with full entity context, linked history and one-click actions. Analyst dispositions feed back as labels to continuously improve your models.

From $99/mo
Risk, Fraud & Anomaly Detection

See Hidden Links Between Fraudsters

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

We deploy a graph platform that continuously builds a network of your entities and transactions and runs link-analysis, community detection and graph features to expose hidden fraud relationships. It powers other detectors with graph signals and lets investigators explore connections visually.

From $69/mo
Risk, Fraud & Anomaly Detection

Dispute & Chargeback Response Automation

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

We deploy a system that ingests incoming disputes, classifies reason codes, decides fight-vs-accept by predicted win probability, and auto-assembles representment evidence packages from your order and delivery data. Winnable disputes are contested automatically within network deadlines.

From $59/mo
Risk, Fraud & Anomaly Detection

Spot Stock and Purchase Order Problems

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

We deploy a detector over your purchase orders, receipts and inventory movements that flags anomalies signalling fraud, error or diversion — phantom receipts, quantity mismatches, and unusual write-offs. Exceptions are surfaced with the reconciling documents for investigation.

From $59/mo
Risk, Fraud & Anomaly Detection

Stop Booking Fraud and Repeat No-Shows

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

We deploy a detector for hospitality and travel booking fraud — stolen-card reservations, chargeback-prone bookings, and serial no-show/deposit-abuse patterns — by scoring bookings on payment, device and history signals. High-risk bookings require deposits or verification before confirmation.

From $69/mo
Speech, Audio & Language Intelligence

Live Translation for Your Video Meetings

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For teams meeting with clients, suppliers or colleagues who speak other languages. We add an assistant to your video meetings that shows live translated captions and speaks the translation for each person, then sends a translated summary afterwards.

From $79/mo
Speech, Audio & Language Intelligence

Hear What Customers Say Everywhere

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

Continuously pulls calls, chats, emails, reviews and survey text into one place, then extracts themes, complaints, feature requests and sentiment trends across every channel. Surfaces emerging issues on a live radar before they blow up.

From $129/mo
Speech, Audio & Language Intelligence

Subtitles Made, Timed and Exported for You

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

Automates the full subtitle workflow: transcribe, segment to reading-speed rules, spot timings, and export broadcast-conformant SRT/VTT/TTML with a human-review step. Handles multi-language subtitle sets from a single master.

From $39/mo
Speech, Audio & Language Intelligence

Sales-Call Coach

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

Analyzes recorded sales calls for talk-to-listen ratio, discovery-question quality, objection handling, competitor mentions and next-step commitment, then gives each rep a private coaching scorecard on their own calls, while managers see only team-level patterns. Reps are never ranked against each other and scores are not used for employment decisions.

From $129/mo
Speech, Audio & Language Intelligence

Agent-Assist Live

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

Listens to live support and sales calls where callers have been told the call is transcribed, and surfaces the right knowledge-base answer, next-best-action and script reminders you define to the agent in real time. Auto-fills the wrap-up notes and disposition when the call ends.

From $159/mo
Speech, Audio & Language Intelligence

Meeting Notes That Assign the Tasks

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

Captures the meetings where everyone has been told it is recorded, produces a structured summary with decisions and action items, then routes each task to the right person in your project and ticketing tools. Owners get reminders until items are closed.

From $79/mo
Speech, Audio & Language Intelligence

IVR & Call-Reason Analytics

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

Transcribes and clusters inbound calls to discover the true reasons customers call, mapping them against your IVR menu and self-service options. Identifies which call reasons are deflectable and where the IVR misroutes.

One-time $219or monthly from $159/mo
Speech, Audio & Language Intelligence

Translate Your Website and Content Properly

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

A managed pipeline that localizes your marketing and product content across many languages with translation memory, brand glossary and in-context QA. Syncs approved translations back into your CMS automatically.

One-time $49or monthly from $39/mo
Speech, Audio & Language Intelligence

Audio Description for Your Videos

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

Produces accessibility audio description for video: detects gaps in dialogue, writes described-video narration, synthesizes or records it, and mixes it into a described audio track. Delivers described versions at scale, written to WCAG audio-description guidance for your team to review.

From $59/mo
Speech, Audio & Language Intelligence

Learn What Drives Your Customer Scores

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

Aggregates reviews, NPS/CSAT verbatims and app-store feedback, then classifies drivers, detractors and promoters and quantifies their impact on your score. Tracks driver movement over time and by location.

From $99/mo
Speech, Audio & Language Intelligence

Live Captions for Streams and Webinars

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For organisers of live streams, webinars and broadcasts who need captions in real time. We deliver fast live captions with your names and terms spelled right, a guard against bad language, and a console where an operator can fix mistakes live.

From $79/mo
Speech, Audio & Language Intelligence

Transcripts That Say Who Said What

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

Processes multi-speaker recordings to separate and label each speaker, producing attributed transcripts even in overlapping speech. Speakers are named per recording from the names you assign; no voiceprints are stored.

From $59/mo
Speech, Audio & Language Intelligence

Warn Supervisors Before Customers Walk Away

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

Analyzes call transcripts and chat text for escalation language, repeated unresolved issues and churn signals in near real time, alerting supervisors before a customer walks. Correlates escalation patterns with outcomes and issue types (no voice-based emotion inference, no per-agent scoring).

From $119/mo
Speech, Audio & Language Intelligence

Remove Private Details From Call Recordings

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

Automatically detects and bleeps/masks personal data, card numbers and health identifiers in both audio and transcripts before storage or sharing. Produces a redaction log proving what was removed and when.

From $169/mo
Speech, Audio & Language Intelligence

Dub Your Videos Into New Languages

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

Localizes video into new languages with translated, timing-matched dubbed audio using licensed synthetic voices chosen to match the original delivery. Handles lip-sync-aware timing and delivers mixed masters per language.

One-time $49or monthly from $29/mo
Speech, Audio & Language Intelligence

Turn Training Videos Into a Searchable Library

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

Processes your library of recorded trainings and webinars into a searchable knowledge base with topic-indexed clips, Q&A pairs and quick-reference guides. Keeps it updated as new sessions are added.

One-time $49or monthly from $39/mo
Speech, Audio & Language Intelligence

Flag Harmful Speech in Audio Content

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

Scans user-generated and broadcast audio for hate speech, threats, self-harm and policy violations, with timestamped flags and a human-review queue. Enforces your policy consistently across large volumes.

From $129/mo
Speech, Audio & Language Intelligence

Field Voice-Notes to Work Orders

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

Lets field technicians dictate a voice note that is transcribed, parsed into structured work-order fields, and pushed into your field-service or CRM system. Extracts parts used, next steps and follow-up appointments.

From $39/mo
Speech, Audio & Language Intelligence

Broadcast Media Monitoring & Clip Alerting

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

Continuously transcribes radio, TV and podcast streams and alerts you the moment your brand, executives, competitors or keywords are mentioned, with the clip attached. Tracks share-of-voice and sentiment over time.

From $539/mo
Speech, Audio & Language Intelligence

Multilingual Survey Open-Text Coder

Always-on · you own it1–3 days to build

Ingests open-ended survey responses in any language, translates, and codes them into your codebook with sub-themes and sentiment, at full sample size. Delivers coded data back to your analytics stack with inter-rater-style consistency.

One-time $99
Speech, Audio & Language Intelligence

Speech-to-CRM Auto-Logger

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

After every sales or service call, automatically writes a structured summary, updates deal and contact fields, logs next steps and creates follow-up tasks in your CRM. Keeps your deal records clean without reps typing them in.

From $119/mo
Speech, Audio & Language Intelligence

Emergency & Dispatch Call Triage

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

Transcribes inbound urgent-service and after-hours calls in real time (not a substitute for emergency services; callers are told to dial their local emergency number if life is at risk), extracts location, urgency and issue type, and routes to the correct responder or queue. Maintains a fully logged, searchable call record.

From $79/mo
Speech, Audio & Language Intelligence

Live Support Whisper Coach

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–5 days to build

Silently coaches agents during live calls with real-time nudges on empathy, compliance, pacing and required steps, visible only to the agent. Gives each agent a private post-call recap; supervisors see only team-level coaching themes.

From $159/mo
Speech, Audio & Language Intelligence

Speech Data Labeling & Corpus Builder

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For companies building their own speech or language AI who need good labelled data. We build and maintain labelled datasets from your recordings and text, with transcription, speaker, intent and detail labels, quality checks and version control.

One-time $49or monthly from $59/mo
Speech, Audio & Language Intelligence

Multilingual Knowledge Base Sync

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

Keeps your help center and knowledge base translated and in sync across every language: when an English article changes, it re-translates, flags for review and republishes the affected locales. Enforces terminology consistency.

From $29/mo
Speech, Audio & Language Intelligence

Subtitle QC & Conformance Checker

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

Validates incoming subtitle files against broadcaster and platform specs: reading speed, line length, timing gaps, character sets, positioning and profanity rules. Returns a pass/fail report with auto-fixes where safe.

From $69/mo
Speech, Audio & Language Intelligence

Focus-Group & Interview Analysis Studio

Always-on · you own it1–3 days to build

Transcribes qualitative research sessions, codes them thematically, builds sentiment timelines per participant and produces a highlight reel of key quotes. Supports cross-session synthesis across a study.

One-time $129
Speech, Audio & Language Intelligence

Route Customers by Their Language

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

Sits in front of your contact channels, detects the caller's/writer's language on the first utterance and routes to the right language queue, agent or translation bridge. Logs language demand for staffing decisions.

From $119/mo
Speech, Audio & Language Intelligence

Turn Your Book Into an Audiobook

Always-on · you own it2–5 days to build

Converts manuscripts into finished audiobooks with consistent narration, pronunciation control for names and terms, chapter markers and retail-spec mastering (ACX/Audible). Handles multi-voice character casting.

One-time $49
Speech, Audio & Language Intelligence

Hear What Your Staff Are Saying

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

Aggregates employee survey open-text, exit interviews and town-hall Q&A that staff submitted for that purpose to surface engagement drivers and attrition risk themes — anonymized and aggregated. Tracks sentiment over time by department, only where enough responses keep people anonymous.

From $79/mo
Speech, Audio & Language Intelligence

Voice-Ordering Transcription (Drive-Thru/QSR)

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly4–7 days to build

Transcribes drive-thru and phone orders in noisy environments (no voiceprints or speaker identification; audio is deleted after transcription), structures them into POS line items with modifiers, and flags upsell and accuracy issues. Provides order-accuracy analytics across locations.

From $129/mo
Speech, Audio & Language Intelligence

Automated Show Notes & Chaptering

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

Generates SEO-friendly show notes, timestamped chapters, key-quote pull-outs and episode metadata for every audio/video episode, then publishes to your host and site. Learns your formatting from past episodes.

From $39/mo
Speech, Audio & Language Intelligence

Find the Root Causes of Complaints

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

Links complaints across calls, emails, chats and reviews to the same underlying issue and quantifies root causes, affected products and cost of inaction. Feeds prioritized fixes to product and ops.

From $99/mo
Speech, Audio & Language Intelligence

E-Learning Voiceover & Localization Studio

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

Produces narrated, localized voiceover for e-learning modules with synchronized on-screen text, quizzes and captions in every target language. Regenerates audio automatically when course content changes.

One-time $49or monthly from $39/mo
Speech, Audio & Language Intelligence

Coach Reps to Ask Better Questions

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

Analyzes discovery calls specifically for question quality — depth, MEDDIC/SPIN coverage, pain uncovered and next-step conversion — and coaches reps toward better questioning. Correlates questioning patterns with deal outcomes.

From $99/mo
Speech, Audio & Language Intelligence

Multilingual Live Chat Bridge

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

Enables agents and customers to chat in their own languages with real-time bidirectional translation, glossary control and quality flags on risky translations. Logs bilingual transcripts for QA.

From $139/mo
Speech, Audio & Language Intelligence

First-Call-Resolution Analytics

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

Detects repeat contacts about the same issue across calls and channels to measure true first-call-resolution, and diagnoses why customers call back. Pinpoints the topics and processes driving repeats (team-level, not used to rate individual staff).

From $129/mo
Speech, Audio & Language Intelligence

Multilingual Product Catalog Localizer

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

Localizes product titles, descriptions and attributes across languages and marketplaces with SEO-aware phrasing, unit/format conversion and marketplace-specific rules. Syncs back into your PIM/store.

One-time $49or monthly from $29/mo
Speech, Audio & Language Intelligence

Live Event Captions and Translation on Phones

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

Provides on-site live captions and multilingual translation on attendee phones or venue screens for conferences, tours and services. Delivers a searchable transcript and translations after the event.

From $79/mo
Speech, Audio & Language Intelligence

Searchable Memory of Every Team Decision

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For teams that meet often and forget what was agreed. It reads your meeting recordings and notes, links every decision to the people and projects involved, and lets you ask in plain words what was decided and when. It also warns you when a new decision clashes with an old one.

From $69/mo
Speech, Audio & Language Intelligence

Automatic Highlight Clips From Long Videos

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

Automatically finds the most engaging moments in long recordings — talks, streams, matches, webinars — and cuts vertical/horizontal highlight clips with captions and branding. Publishes to your social channels.

From $39/mo
Speech, Audio & Language Intelligence

Pronunciation-Accurate Announcement System

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

Generates spoken announcements and IVR prompts with correct pronunciation of names, places, products and numbers, in multiple voices and languages, updated from your data. Feeds your telephony, PA or app.

One-time $49or monthly from $29/mo
Speech, Audio & Language Intelligence

Sales Script Coverage Report for Every Call

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

Measures how closely reps and agents follow approved talk tracks and scripts across calls, scoring adherence, deviations and the impact of going off-script. Highlights which script sections get skipped.

From $139/mo
Speech, Audio & Language Intelligence

Multilingual Menu & Signage Localizer

Always-on · you own it2–4 days to build

Localizes menus, signage, labels and in-store copy across languages with dietary and allergen terms drawn from a verified glossary and every allergen line flagged for your staff to sign off before print, output print- and screen-ready. Keeps translations updated as items change.

One-time $49
Speech, Audio & Language Intelligence

Sermon & Lecture Search Portal

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

Transcribes sermons, lectures and talks into a public or member searchable portal with topic tagging, clip sharing and multilingual captions. Auto-ingests new recordings on upload or livestream.

One-time $109or monthly from $59/mo
Speech, Audio & Language Intelligence

Chat & Email Conversation Analytics

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

Analyzes text-channel conversations — chat, email, messaging — for intents, resolution, sentiment, effort and compliance, complementing your voice analytics. Unifies text and voice insight in one dashboard.

From $109/mo
Speech, Audio & Language Intelligence

Sales Insights From Customer WhatsApp and SMS

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

Ingests messaging-channel conversations across languages to mine intents, sentiment, sales signals and compliance issues, and to power routing and analytics. Respects consent and opt-out records.

From $99/mo
Speech, Audio & Language Intelligence

Private Pronunciation Practice Coach

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

Delivers a training program that records learners, scores pronunciation and intonation against targets, and returns targeted drills and progress tracking. Offered as opt-in self-practice; scores are visible only to the learner.

From $89/mo
Speech, Audio & Language Intelligence

Podcast & Media Ad Verification

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

Detects and verifies host-read and inserted ads across podcast and audio inventory — confirming they aired, at the right length, with required disclosures — and reports discrepancies to advertisers/networks. Tracks brand-safety context.

From $99/mo
Speech, Audio & Language Intelligence

Field Sales Visit Note-Taker

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

A mobile-first service that captures in-person sales/visit conversations (recorded only after the customer agrees), transcribes and structures them into visit reports, and logs outcomes and next steps to your CRM. Works offline and syncs later.

From $89/mo
Speech, Audio & Language Intelligence

Get Your Videos Found in Search

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For businesses with videos that nobody finds through search. It writes transcripts, captions, titles and descriptions in several languages, adds the markup search engines read, and keeps your site's video pages in sync.

One-time $49or monthly from $39/mo
Speech, Audio & Language Intelligence

Interview & Podcast Guest Prep Repurposer

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

Turns each recorded interview into a full asset set for the guest and host: quote cards, LinkedIn posts, blog draft, key takeaways and a highlight clip, in your brand style. Delivers a ready-to-share kit per episode.

From $59/mo
Speech, Audio & Language Intelligence

Warehouse & Logistics Voice-Log Analytics

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

Transcribes and analyzes radio/voice communications and driver check-calls across warehouse and transport operations to extract exceptions, delays, safety events and status updates into your TMS/WMS. Builds an operational event timeline.

From $149/mo
Speech, Audio & Language Intelligence

Answer Every Review in the Reviewer's Language

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

Monitors reviews across platforms in every language, drafts on-brand, policy-compliant responses in the reviewer's language, and routes them for approval and posting. Escalates serious complaints to the right team.

From $69/mo
Speech, Audio & Language Intelligence

Post-Call Survey & Sentiment Bridge

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

Correlates automated post-call/IVR surveys with the actual call content and sentiment to explain why customers scored as they did, and to flag surveys that contradict the call. Feeds validated CX metrics to leadership.

From $129/mo
Speech, Audio & Language Intelligence

Live Bleeper for Streams and Broadcasts

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For live audio and streams, detects profanity, banned terms and compliance-sensitive phrases in real time and bleeps or masks them before broadcast, with a logged event trail. Configurable per market and platform.

From $89/mo
Speech, Audio & Language Intelligence

Cross-Lingual Search over Recordings

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

Indexes all your audio/video so users can search in one language and find spoken moments in any language, jumping straight to the timestamp. Powers internal discovery across a multilingual media archive.

One-time $129or monthly from $69/mo
Speech, Audio & Language Intelligence

Product Requests From Calls, Filed Automatically

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

Mines support and sales calls specifically for product bugs, feature requests and competitive gaps, deduplicates them, and files structured tickets into your product backlog with linked call evidence. Quantifies request demand.

From $139/mo
Speech, Audio & Language Intelligence

Review Sentiment Digest

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

Connects to your review sources and emails a weekly digest of what customers loved, complained about and asked for, with sentiment trend and standout quotes. Simple, no dashboard to learn.

From $59/mo
Speech, Audio & Language Intelligence

Voicemail-to-Text & Routing

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

Transcribes incoming voicemails, extracts caller intent and contact details, and routes each as a text/email/ticket to the right person or queue. Get the substance of each message without replaying it.

From $39/mo
AI Vision & Inspection

Weld Seam Defect Inspector

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–4 weeks to build

A line-mounted vision system that images every weld bead and flags porosity, undercut, spatter, cracks, and burn-through in real time. It classifies defect type and severity, marks the exact position on the seam, and gates the part before it moves downstream.

From $509/mo
AI Vision & Inspection

Spot Empty Shelves Before Customers Do

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–4 weeks to build

Fixed cameras or associate phone sweeps detect empty facings, misplaced SKUs, and deviations from the planogram across every aisle. It ranks gaps by lost-sales impact and pushes restock tasks to store staff.

From $79/mo
AI Vision & Inspection

Analog Gauge Reader

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–4 weeks to build

A camera or phone photo of any analog dial, manometer, or thermometer is converted into a precise numerical reading and logged. It handles reflections, parallax, and odd scale ranges after a one-time per-gauge calibration.

From $119/mo
AI Vision & Inspection

Container Seal & Number Verifier

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–4 weeks to build

At the gate, cameras read the container number and bolt-seal ID and confirm the seal is intact and matches the manifest. Mismatches or tampering hold the container for inspection.

From $109/mo
AI Vision & Inspection

Package Damage Assessor

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–4 weeks to build

Cameras over the parcel line photograph every package and detect dents, crushing, tears, wet damage, and leaks before dispatch or on receipt. Each damaged parcel is diverted and documented for claims.

From $449/mo
AI Vision & Inspection

Parking Occupancy Counter

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–4 weeks to build

Overhead or corner cameras track free versus occupied spaces across a lot or garage in real time. Live counts feed signage, an app, and revenue/utilization analytics.

From $519/mo
AI Vision & Inspection

Crop Disease & Pest Scanner

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–4 weeks to build

Farmers photograph leaves or scout with a drone and the system identifies specific diseases, nutrient deficiencies, and pest damage with a confidence-scored diagnosis. It maps affected zones and flags them for your agronomist to confirm and treat.

From $69/mo
AI Vision & Inspection

PCB Solder-Joint Inspector

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–4 weeks to build

An automated optical inspection station images populated circuit boards and detects missing components, wrong parts, tombstoning, bridging, and cold solder joints. Defective boards are flagged with per-component coordinates for rework.

From $509/mo
AI Vision & Inspection

Fabric Flaw Scanner for Every Roll

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–4 weeks to build

Cameras across the loom or inspection frame scan running fabric for holes, slubs, stains, weave errors, and color streaks at full line speed. Each flaw is marked, sized, and logged to a roll map for grading.

From $509/mo
AI Vision & Inspection

Fill-Level & Fill Verifier

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–4 weeks to build

On the bottling or jar line, cameras confirm each container is filled to spec and flag under-fills, over-fills, and foaming before capping. Out-of-spec units are rejected and logged for line control charts.

From $509/mo
AI Vision & Inspection

Label Print & Placement Inspector

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 weeks to build

Vision verifies each product label is present, correctly positioned, unwrinkled, and legible, and cross-checks printed text, lot codes, and expiry against the expected values. Mislabeled units are rejected before packing.

From $509/mo
AI Vision & Inspection

Barcode Quality Check Before Retailers Reject

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–4 weeks to build

The system reads 1D/2D codes on product and packaging and grades them to ISO/IEC print-quality standards, flagging codes that will fail downstream scanners. It reports the exact failure axis such as contrast, quiet zone, or axial nonuniformity.

From $29/mo
AI Vision & Inspection

Cap & Closure Integrity Checker

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 weeks to build

Cameras confirm every bottle or jar has a cap present, seated straight, and correctly torqued-position, plus an intact tamper band. Missing, cocked, or high caps are rejected before palletizing.

From $509/mo
AI Vision & Inspection

Crack and Dirt Check for Egg Graders

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–4 weeks to build

As eggs pass on the grader, cameras and candling-style lighting detect hairline cracks, dirt, blood spots, and misshapes, and grade by size and quality. Cracked or dirty eggs are diverted automatically.

From $509/mo
AI Vision & Inspection

Produce Ripeness & Grade Sorter

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–4 weeks to build

On the pack line, cameras assess fruit and vegetables for ripeness, size, color, bruising, and blemishes and route each item to the correct grade lane. Grading rules are tuned per customer specification.

From $509/mo
AI Vision & Inspection

Lumber Knot & Grade Scanner

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 weeks to build

Boards moving on the mill line are scanned for knots, splits, wane, and warp, and pre-sorted by grade class for your certified grader to confirm, with optimal cut-point suggestions. Defect maps drive the optimizer saw for maximum yield.

From $509/mo
AI Vision & Inspection

Tile & Slab Surface Inspector

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–4 weeks to build

Vision scans ceramic tiles, stone slabs, and countertops for cracks, chips, glaze defects, and shade variation. It grades each piece and flags shade batches so like tiles ship together.

From $509/mo
AI Vision & Inspection

Glass Container Inspector

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–4 weeks to build

Cameras with specialized lighting inspect glass bottles and jars for chips, cracks, stones, bubbles, and stress birefringence at the finish and body. Defective containers are rejected before filling.

From $509/mo
AI Vision & Inspection

Casting and Machined Part Defect Check

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 weeks to build

Vision (and optional X-ray) inspects metal castings and machined parts for porosity, inclusions, cold shuts, and surface defects. Each part gets a pass/fail with a defect-location map for the foundry.

From $509/mo
AI Vision & Inspection

Tire Tread & Sidewall Reader

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–7 days to build

A drive-over or handheld station measures tread depth across the tire, detects uneven wear, cuts, bulges, and reads the DOT/size markings. It produces a per-vehicle tire health report at intake.

From $79/mo
AI Vision & Inspection

Vehicle Damage Estimator

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–5 days to build

A guided phone capture of a vehicle detects dents, scratches, cracked glass, and panel damage and maps each to a repair/estimate line item. It compares against check-in photos so a staff member can confirm any new damage before anyone is charged.

From $79/mo
AI Vision & Inspection

License Plate Access Gate

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–4 weeks to build

Cameras at entries read license plates and match them to allow/deny lists, opening the barrier for authorized vehicles and logging all movements. It handles multiple regions, plate formats, and low light.

From $519/mo
AI Vision & Inspection

Queue Length & Wait-Time Analytics

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–4 weeks to build

Overhead cameras measure queue length, join/serve rates, and predicted wait time at counters, checkouts, or entrances. Staff get open-a-till alerts when waits breach a threshold.

From $519/mo
AI Vision & Inspection

Footfall & Dwell Heatmap

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–4 weeks to build

Store cameras count visitors and build zone-level dwell-time heatmaps by zone and display, all anonymized. Merchandisers see which fixtures attract and hold shoppers.

From $509/mo
AI Vision & Inspection

Spill and Leak Alerts From Cameras

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–4 weeks to build

Cameras watch factory and retail floors for liquid spills, oil leaks, and wet patches and alert staff to slip hazards. Recurring leak locations are flagged for maintenance.

From $509/mo
AI Vision & Inspection

Foreign Object Spotter for Conveyors

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–4 weeks to build

Cameras over the conveyor detect foreign material, tramp metal, plastic, and off-spec items in bulk product flows and trigger an air-reject or diverter. It learns the normal product appearance to catch anything unusual.

From $509/mo
AI Vision & Inspection

Assembly Completeness Verifier

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 weeks to build

At the end of a station, vision confirms all required parts, clips, screws, and connectors are present and correctly positioned before the unit advances. Missing or wrong parts halt the line with a callout image.

From $509/mo
AI Vision & Inspection

Wire Harness & Connector Seating Inspector

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

Vision verifies wire routing, connector seating, terminal color/position, and lock-tab engagement on assembled harnesses. It flags mis-routed or unseated connectors before the harness ships.

From $509/mo
AI Vision & Inspection

Moulded Part Defect Check at the Press

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–4 weeks to build

Vision inspects molded plastic parts for flash, short shots, sink marks, flow lines, burns, and color deviation right at the press. Defective shots are rejected and recurring defects flag mold or process drift.

From $509/mo
AI Vision & Inspection

Paint & Coating Finish Inspector

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–4 weeks to build

Under controlled lighting, vision detects orange peel, runs, sags, dust nibs, scratches, and coverage gaps on painted surfaces. Each defect is located and sized for touch-up routing.

From $509/mo
AI Vision & Inspection

Rust and Corrosion Growth Tracker

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–4 weeks to build

Fixed or drone cameras track rust, corrosion, and coating breakdown on tanks, structures, and equipment over time. It quantifies affected area and growth rate to prioritize maintenance.

From $59/mo
AI Vision & Inspection

Drone Roof & Facade Inspector

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 weeks to build

A drone flies a building and the system detects missing shingles, cracked tiles, flashing gaps, water staining, and facade cracks, mapping each to a location. It produces an annotated condition report and repair estimate.

One-time $129or monthly from $69/mo
AI Vision & Inspection

Solar Panel Fault Inspector

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 weeks to build

Drone thermal and electroluminescence imaging detects hotspots, cracked cells, PID, and dead strings across a PV array. Each fault is geolocated to the exact module and string for repair crews.

From $69/mo
AI Vision & Inspection

Wind Turbine Blade Inspector

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–4 weeks to build

Drone or ground imagery of turbine blades is analyzed for cracks, erosion, lightning damage, and delamination, sized and located along the blade. It builds a severity-ranked repair schedule.

From $69/mo
AI Vision & Inspection

Road Pothole & Pavement Survey

Always-on · you own it1–4 weeks to build

Dash or pole cameras on any vehicle detect and geolocate potholes, cracking, rutting, and faded markings across a road network. It grades pavement condition into a prioritized repair map.

One-time $139
AI Vision & Inspection

Construction Progress Verifier

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–4 weeks to build

Site photos, 360 captures, or drone flights are compared against the BIM/schedule to verify installed elements and quantify percent complete per zone. Deviations and missing work are flagged for the PM.

From $69/mo
AI Vision & Inspection

Photo-to-Dimension Measurement

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

With a reference marker or calibrated setup, the system measures object dimensions, areas, and volumes from photos to tight tolerance. It exports measurements for quoting, packing, or QC.

From $39/mo
AI Vision & Inspection

Pallet Load & Overhang Checker

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–4 weeks to build

Cameras at the wrap or dock check pallet stack height, overhang, lean, and wrap integrity against loading rules. Non-conforming pallets are flagged before they go on the truck.

From $119/mo
AI Vision & Inspection

Loading-Bay SKU Count Verifier

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–4 weeks to build

Cameras over the dock door count and identify cartons/SKUs loaded or unloaded and reconcile against the shipment manifest in real time. Discrepancies trigger a hold before the doors close.

From $89/mo
AI Vision & Inspection

Shelf Price Label Checker

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–4 weeks to build

Camera sweeps or phone captures read shelf labels and compare displayed price, promo, and unit price against the POS system. Mismatches and missing labels are queued for correction.

From $59/mo
AI Vision & Inspection

Restaurant Plate Presentation QA

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–4 weeks to build

A camera at the pass checks each plated dish against the reference for portion, components present, and presentation before it leaves the kitchen. Off-spec plates are flagged to expo for correction.

From $139/mo
AI Vision & Inspection

Foreign Material Check on Food Lines

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 weeks to build

Vision (optionally with X-ray or hyperspectral) inspects food products on the line for foreign material, off-color, and defects and rejects contaminated items. It logs each rejection for your food-safety team's records and supplements, never replaces, your existing metal-detection or X-ray control points.

From $509/mo
AI Vision & Inspection

Coffee & Grain Defect Sorter

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–4 weeks to build

Cameras (with optional NIR) inspect coffee beans, grains, or seeds for defects, foreign material, discoloration, and size, driving an air-ejector sorter. It grades lots and reports defect composition.

From $509/mo
AI Vision & Inspection

Herd Count and Lameness Watch

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 weeks to build

Cameras over pens, gates, or alleys count animals and analyze gait to score lameness and mobility. Flagged animals are listed for the vet or herdsman before conditions worsen.

From $509/mo
AI Vision & Inspection

Body Condition and Weight From Cameras

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–4 weeks to build

Overhead or side cameras estimate body-condition score and weight of cattle, pigs, or sheep from image geometry, without a scale. Trends drive feeding and health decisions per animal.

From $509/mo
AI Vision & Inspection

Poultry House Behaviour and Mortality Alerts

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–4 weeks to build

Ceiling cameras monitor flock distribution, activity, piling, and mortality in poultry houses and alert on abnormal patterns. Early warnings surface ventilation, disease, or welfare problems.

From $509/mo
AI Vision & Inspection

Weed vs Crop Spot-Spray Vision

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–4 weeks to build

A camera on a sprayer boom distinguishes crop from weeds in real time and actuates individual nozzles to spray only weeds. It logs treated areas and herbicide saved per pass.

From $509/mo
AI Vision & Inspection

Orchard Fruit Count & Yield Estimator

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 weeks to build

Ground or drone imagery counts fruit on trees and estimates size distribution to forecast yield and harvest timing. Block-level maps guide labor and logistics planning.

From $59/mo
AI Vision & Inspection

Early Plant Stress Alerts for Greenhouses

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–4 weeks to build

Multispectral cameras track plant vigor, water stress, and early disease across greenhouse rows and map affected zones. Growers get zone alerts before symptoms are visible to the eye.

From $59/mo
AI Vision & Inspection

Automatic Cell and Particle Counting

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–4 weeks to build

Microscope images are analyzed to count and classify cells, colonies, or particles far faster and more consistently than manual counting, for research and industrial QC labs (not for clinical diagnosis). It exports counts, ratios, and morphology stats to the lab system.

From $79/mo
AI Vision & Inspection

Petri-Dish Colony Counter

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 weeks to build

For labs counting colonies on agar plates by hand. A phone or fixed camera counts and sizes colonies, tells types apart and handles overlaps, logging counts and concentrations with a photo for the record.

From $39/mo
AI Vision & Inspection

Odometer & VIN Reader

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–5 days to build

A phone photo of the dashboard and VIN plate reads mileage and the vehicle identification number and cross-checks format and plausibility. It flags likely odometer rollback and feeds vehicle intake systems.

From $39/mo
AI Vision & Inspection

Utility Meter Photo Reader

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–5 days to build

Customers or field staff photograph gas, water, or electricity meters and the system reads the digits or dials, including register and unit. Implausible jumps are flagged to prevent billing errors.

From $39/mo
AI Vision & Inspection

Print Registration & Color-Bar Inspector

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 weeks to build

On the press, vision checks color registration, ink density via color bars, streaking, and misprints across the web. Out-of-tolerance sheets are flagged and press adjustments are recommended.

From $509/mo
AI Vision & Inspection

Fabric and Product Colour Match Monitor

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 weeks to build

Calibrated cameras measure color of fabric, dye lots, or products and compute Delta-E against the standard to catch shade drift. Out-of-tolerance lots are flagged before they ship or continue.

From $69/mo
AI Vision & Inspection

Empty-Return & Reverse-Logistics Grader

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 weeks to build

Cameras inspect returned goods and rental equipment for damage, missing parts, and wear to grade restock condition automatically. Each return gets a graded condition record with photos for refund decisions.

From $79/mo
AI Vision & Inspection

Warehouse Slot & Empty-Location Auditor

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–4 weeks to build

Drones or fixed cameras scan racking to detect empty slots, misplaced pallets, and location-label reads, reconciling against the WMS. Discrepancies become cycle-count tasks automatically.

From $59/mo
AI Vision & Inspection

Cooler & Vending Stock Auditor

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–4 weeks to build

A camera inside coolers, vending machines, or smart fridges recognizes products and counts stock and facings for restock and planogram compliance. It reports depletion and out-of-stock in near real time.

From $129/mo
AI Vision & Inspection

Cosmetic Surface Scratch & Dent Inspector

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 weeks to build

For consumer electronics, appliances, and trim, vision detects fine scratches, dents, and cosmetic blemishes under controlled lighting that human inspectors miss. It grades cosmetic quality and routes rework or downgrade.

From $519/mo
AI Vision & Inspection

Bottle & Can Fill-Line Full Inspector

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 weeks to build

A combined station checks fill level, cap, label, date code, and container defects in one pass on the beverage line. Any single failure rejects the unit with a categorized reason.

From $509/mo
AI Vision & Inspection

Aircraft & Vehicle Pre-Departure Walkaround

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

A guided capture or fixed gantry inspects buses, vans, or trucks for damage, missing panels, fluid leaks, and tire condition before departure. Findings are logged to the maintenance system with photos.

From $89/mo
AI Vision & Inspection

Battery Cell & Module Inspector

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 weeks to build

Vision inspects battery cells and modules for surface defects, electrode alignment, weld quality on tabs, and leakage signs. Defective cells are rejected with defect maps to protect pack safety.

From $509/mo
AI Vision & Inspection

Fresh Aisle Freshness and Date Checker

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–4 weeks to build

Camera sweeps of chilled and fresh sections detect discolored produce, damaged packaging, and near-expiry facings for markdown or removal. It builds a waste-reduction and freshness task list.

From $69/mo
AI Vision & Inspection

Property Condition & Move-Out Assessor

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–5 days to build

Guided phone capture of a rental or property documents condition, detecting damage, wear, and cleanliness issues room by room. It produces a dated, comparable condition report for move-in/move-out disputes.

From $69/mo
AI Vision & Inspection

Event Capacity & Occupancy Counter

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–4 weeks to build

Cameras at entries and zones count people in and out to maintain live occupancy against licensed capacity. It alerts managers before limits are breached and logs occupancy for your records (an aid to your door staff, not a certified capacity-control system).

From $519/mo
AI Vision & Inspection

Grease-Trap & Facility Hygiene Auditor

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

Staff photo captures of restrooms, kitchens, and facilities are checked for cleanliness, stocked supplies, spills, and required signage against a checklist. Failing items become work orders automatically.

From $79/mo
AI Vision & Inspection

Photo Studio Quality & Compliance Gate

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–5 days to build

For product and e-commerce photography, the system checks each image for background, framing, exposure, focus, and spec compliance before it enters the catalog. Non-compliant shots are flagged for reshoot with the specific failure.

From $49/mo
AI Vision & Inspection

Timber-Yard & Aggregate Volume Estimator

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–4 weeks to build

Drone or fixed cameras estimate stockpile volume of aggregates, logs, or bulk material for inventory and reconciliation. It tracks volume changes over time against expected consumption.

From $59/mo
AI Vision & Inspection

Manhole, Pipe & Sewer Defect Inspector

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 weeks to build

Crawler or pole-camera footage of pipes and manholes is analyzed for cracks, root intrusion, blockages, and joint defects, pre-coded in your inspection standard's format for your certified inspector to review and sign. Findings are chained to distance for repair planning.

One-time $129or monthly from $69/mo
AI Vision & Inspection

Steel Coil & Strip Surface Inspector

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 weeks to build

Line-scan cameras inspect moving steel strip and coil for scratches, rolled-in scale, pits, and edge defects at high speed. Each defect is classified, located on the coil map, and severity-graded.

From $509/mo
AI Vision & Inspection

Timber & Furniture Assembly Inspector

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–4 weeks to build

Vision verifies furniture and cabinetry assemblies for correct panels, drilled holes, hardware presence, and finish before packing. It flags missing hardware or wrong panels that cause customer complaints.

From $79/mo
AI Vision & Inspection

Jobsite Progress & Equipment Utilization Cam

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–4 weeks to build

Time-lapse and live cameras track equipment presence, deliveries, and activity on a construction site to measure utilization and verify work windows. It surfaces idle equipment and unauthorized after-hours activity.

From $519/mo
Autonomous AI Agents & Orchestration

ASC 606 Revenue Recognition Correction Agent

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For subscription companies whose revenue schedules break every time a contract is upgraded, downgraded or cancelled mid-term. It reads the changed contract and billing history, recalculates the schedule using the policy your controller wrote down, and posts the adjusting entry, holding large adjustments for sign-off.

From $59/mo
Autonomous AI Agents & Orchestration

Automatic Service Credits When Uptime Slips

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For software and hosting companies that promise uptime in contracts and work out credits by hand. It watches your status page and monitoring, applies each customer's actual SLA terms, calculates the owed credit when a breach happens, and posts it to billing, holding tricky cases for finance.

From $59/mo
Autonomous AI Agents & Orchestration

Subscription Entitlement Reconciliation Agent

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For subscription businesses where customers quietly use more seats, calls or storage than they are billed for. It compares live usage with billing and contracts, drafts billing corrections for your finance team to approve, and creates upsell tasks for account owners when the gap is large.

From $69/mo
Autonomous AI Agents & Orchestration

Dunning & Failed-Payment Recovery Agent

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For subscription businesses losing customers to expired or declined cards. It reacts to card failures as they happen, retries at better times, sends friendly card-update reminders and keeps subscription status current.

From $69/mo
Autonomous AI Agents & Orchestration

CRM Deal Desk Approval Agent

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For sales teams waiting days for discount approvals. It checks every quote against your pricing and discount rules as reps build it, approves quotes within policy instantly, and sends others to the right approver with the exact rule broken highlighted.

From $69/mo
Autonomous AI Agents & Orchestration

Contract Obligation Monitoring Agent

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For companies whose contracts hold renewal dates, volume commitments and agreed price changes that get missed. It copies these from your contracts, compares them with what you deliver and bill, and gives your team a task with the details before each one comes due.

From $59/mo
Autonomous AI Agents & Orchestration

Inventory Rebalancing Agent

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For businesses with stock in more than one store or warehouse. The AI watches stock levels everywhere, spots where an item is about to run out, and creates the transfer from a location that has too much. Big transfers wait for your manager to approve.

From $59/mo
Autonomous AI Agents & Orchestration

Bounded-Authority Supplier Negotiation Agent

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For businesses that reorder the same supplies again and again. The AI asks your suppliers for price and terms by email or portal, haggles only inside the limits you set, and places the order when the deal fits. Anything outside your limits goes to a person with the full conversation attached.

From $59/mo
Autonomous AI Agents & Orchestration

Fleet Delivery Exception Agent

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

For delivery businesses running their own vans or trucks. When a vehicle breaks down, runs late or goes off route, the AI moves the load to another free driver and tells the customer the real new arrival time.

From $69/mo
Autonomous AI Agents & Orchestration

Self-Healing Infrastructure Remediation Agent

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For software companies running their own servers in the cloud. When monitoring shows a known problem, the AI applies only the fixes you approved in advance, like restarting a crashed service, and logs everything. Anything unusual goes to your on-call engineer.

From $69/mo
Autonomous AI Agents & Orchestration

IT Service Desk Auto-Remediation Agent

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For companies whose IT help desk drowns in password resets and access requests. The AI reads each ticket, fixes the routine ones directly in your user directory, and closes the ticket. Anything unusual is passed to a technician with notes.

From $69/mo
Autonomous AI Agents & Orchestration

HR Case Auto-Resolution Agent

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For employers whose HR team answers the same staff requests every day. The AI handles simple ones like address changes, document requests and policy questions, updating your HR system directly. Anything personal or sensitive goes to a person.

From $69/mo
Business Automation & AI Workflows

Time & Attendance Anomaly Correction Agent

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For businesses with hourly staff clocking in and out. The AI checks clock records every day, spots missed clock-outs, overlapping shifts and unapproved overtime, and asks the right manager to fix them the same day instead of at payroll time.

From $59/mo
Business Automation & AI Workflows

Dynamic Multi-Location Price Execution Agent

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For retailers with several stores who need to keep up with competitor prices. The AI watches competitor prices, compares them with your margins, and updates your shelf prices only within the limits you set. Bigger changes wait for approval.

From $59/mo
AI Platform & Model Engineering

GRPO Verifiable-Reward Reasoning Trainer

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For software companies whose AI must produce answers that can be checked automatically, like database queries or code that must pass tests. We train your model against your own checker so it learns from what is actually right.

One-time $969or monthly from $509/mo
AI Platform & Model Engineering

AI Spending Tracker by Team

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For companies whose AI bills keep growing without knowing who uses what. We put one gateway in front of all your AI traffic that tags each request with the team, sends costs to your finance codes, and caches repeated requests to save money.

From $69/mo
AI Platform & Model Engineering

Faster AI Responses by Rewriting the Bottleneck

Always-on · you own it1–3 days to build

For software companies whose busiest AI feature is slow because of the code around the model, not the model itself. We rewrite that one slow path in a fast systems language, keeping the same interface so nothing else in your product changes.

One-time $99
AI Platform & Model Engineering

Make Your AI Agent Survive Crashes

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For companies running an AI agent as a simple script that starts over whenever something fails. We move it onto a durable workflow engine so every step is saved, a crash resumes where it stopped, and actions like payments or emails never happen twice.

From $79/mo
AI Platform & Model Engineering

Domain-Adaptive Continued Pretraining

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For organisations with a very large library of their own documents, like technical manuals or research archives. We continue training an open model on that library so it truly understands your field's words, then fine-tune it for your tasks.

One-time $969or monthly from $509/mo
AI Platform & Model Engineering

Tamper-Evident AI Decision Audit Log

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For companies whose AI makes decisions customers may question later. We record each decision with its input, model version and output in a log that cannot be edited, so you can show exactly what happened months later.

From $59/mo
Knowledge Assistants & Search (RAG)

Searchable AI Assistant for Old Paper Files

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For businesses with decades of paper or scanned files, like contracts, drawings or property records. We scan and read them while keeping tables and fields intact, then give your team an AI assistant that answers questions with links to the exact page.

One-time $199or monthly from $79/mo
Knowledge Assistants & Search (RAG)

One AI Assistant Across All Company Data

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For businesses whose answers are spread over databases, shared documents and internal systems. We build one assistant that searches all of them at once and follows your rules when sources disagree, so the live system beats an old document.

From $79/mo
Knowledge Assistants & Search (RAG)

AI Assistant That Knows What's Happening Now

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For operations teams whose questions depend on data that changes by the minute, like open tickets, order status or machine readings. We build an assistant that is refreshed continuously from your live event stream, so its answers are current.

From $79/mo
Data Engineering & Integration

Get Data Out of Your Old Mainframe

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For companies whose key records still live on an old mainframe or AS/400. We read the old file formats, decode them correctly, and stream the records into a modern database your team and tools can use, kept up to date daily.

One-time $139or monthly from $59/mo
Data Engineering & Integration

Real-Time Totals That Count Late Events

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For companies counting events live, like ad clicks, orders or device readings. We build live counting that puts late and out-of-order events in the right time window, so your live numbers match the final numbers.

From $69/mo
Data Engineering & Integration

Data Warehouse Move With Matching Proof

Always-on · you own it2–4 days to build

For companies moving off an old data warehouse. We move your data to a modern setup in your cloud, run old and new side by side, and produce a match report proving the new numbers equal the old ones before you switch.

One-time $129
Data Engineering & Integration

Connect Your Orders to Big Retailers' EDI

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For suppliers that must exchange orders, invoices and shipping notices with big retailers by EDI. We connect your ERP or warehouse system to each trading partner, turning their orders into yours and sending your shipping notices back in their format.

From $59/mo
Data Engineering & Integration

Factory Machine Data Into the Cloud

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For plants that want machine and sensor data available to modern tools. We connect read-only to your plant-floor servers and historian, stream the readings to the cloud, and keep the tag list up to date as equipment changes, without touching control systems.

From $69/mo
Data Engineering & Integration

Safe Test Copies of Your Live Data

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For data teams that test pipeline changes on real data. We add version control to your data tables so engineers can create a private copy, test changes safely, and merge back only after an automatic comparison shows the result is right.

From $59/mo
Data Engineering & Integration

Global Active-Active Replication with Conflict-Free Merge

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For apps with users around the world who need fast saves everywhere. We set up data replication across regions so each region accepts writes and all copies agree automatically, with no central bottleneck.

From $59/mo
Data Engineering & Integration

Query All Your Databases in One Place

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For companies with data spread across many databases after growth or acquisitions. We set up one query layer so analysts can ask questions across every source without copying data, while each person sees only the rows and columns they are allowed.

From $69/mo
Data Engineering & Integration

Realistic Test Data With No Real Customers

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For software teams that need realistic test data but must not copy real customer records. We learn the shape of your database and generate fake data that behaves like the real thing, kept in step as your database changes.

From $59/mo
Data Engineering & Integration

Governed External Data-Sharing API

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For businesses that want to share or sell data products to partners. We build a live API that gives each partner only the tables and columns they're entitled to, with usage limits and logs, so partners never get direct access to your warehouse.

From $69/mo
Data Engineering & Integration

Keep Your Data in Two Clouds

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For companies that need their data tables in more than one cloud, for resilience or to switch providers. We set up continuous mirroring of files and catalogues, with checks proving both sides match.

From $59/mo
Data Engineering & Integration

Reliable Data Sync From Slow Old Systems

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For companies pulling large amounts of records out of slow or limited old systems. We build a sync engine that respects the system's limits, saves progress, and resumes where it stopped instead of starting over.

One-time $139or monthly from $59/mo
Data Engineering & Integration

Tamper-Evident Cross-System Audit Ledger

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For companies that need one trustworthy record of who changed what across their systems. We gather change events from your databases and admin tools into one sealed log that shows any tampering, and check it against each source.

From $59/mo
Document & Data Intelligence

Carrier Rates Read Into Your Shipping System

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For shippers and freight teams with long carrier rate contracts full of lane, weight and surcharge tables. The AI reads the whole contract, builds a clean rate table, tests it by re-pricing old invoices, and loads it into your shipping system.

One-time $129or monthly from $69/mo
Document & Data Intelligence

Multi-Entity Intercompany Reconciliation & Consolidation Auto-Posting

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For groups with several companies on different accounting systems. The AI gathers invoices and transfers between your companies, matches them, works out the elimination and currency entries for group accounts, and posts them for your accountant to approve.

From $59/mo
Document & Data Intelligence

Check Retailer Deductions Against Your Contracts

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For suppliers who lose money when retailers and distributors take deductions and rebates. The AI reads your rebate terms, compares them with real shipments and sales claims, and shows which deductions are correct and which to dispute.

From $69/mo
Document & Data Intelligence

Franchise Royalty Checks Against Till Sales

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For franchise owners collecting royalties and marketing-fund fees from many locations. The AI compares each franchisee's reported sales with their till data, works out what is owed, and posts agreed amounts while flagging gaps for a friendly review.

From $59/mo
Document & Data Intelligence

Renewable Asset PPA Settlement Extraction & GL Auto-Posting

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For solar and wind operators selling power under long contracts. The AI reads your contract's settlement rules, compares them with real meter data, calculates what each side owes, and posts the entries to your books.

From $59/mo
Document & Data Intelligence

EDI X12 Trading-Partner Translation & Order Reconciliation

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For suppliers exchanging EDI orders, shipping notices and invoices with many partners. The AI handles each partner's quirks and checks that what was ordered, shipped and invoiced lines up, so you catch problems before chargebacks.

From $69/mo
Document & Data Intelligence

Turn Plant Drawings Into an Equipment List

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For plants with thousands of piping and instrument drawings. The AI finds each valve, pump and instrument on the drawings, reads its tag, matches it to your maintenance system, and lists what's missing or different.

One-time $139or monthly from $69/mo
Document & Data Intelligence

Nested BOM & Engineering-Change-Order Diff to PLM/ERP Sync

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For manufacturers whose engineering changes arrive as documents. The AI reads each change order, compares the parts list with what's in your system, and prepares the exact updates for approval.

From $59/mo
Document & Data Intelligence

Private On-Site Mail and Fax Sorting

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For offices that receive lots of paper mail and faxes and must keep documents inside their own network. We install a private reading system on your servers that sorts each item, pulls key details and files it to the right customer, job or folder.

From $39/mo
Document & Data Intelligence

Material Certificate and Inspection Report Checker

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For fabricators and plants that receive stacks of material certificates and inspection reports. The AI reads each one, including handwritten sign-offs, checks the values against the material specification you name, and puts anything out of range in front of your quality team.

From $69/mo
Document & Data Intelligence

ERP Consolidation Cutover: Vendor/Item/Chart-of-Accounts Harmonization

Always-on · you own it2–4 days to build

For companies combining two businesses or moving to a new ERP. The AI matches supplier lists, item lists and account codes between old and new systems, tests the mapping with real transactions, and gives your team a clean list to approve before go-live.

One-time $129
Document & Data Intelligence

UNSPSC Spend Classification & P2P Auto-Tagging

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For companies that want to know what they really buy. The AI tags every order and invoice line with a standard purchasing category, learned from your own history, and writes the tag into your purchasing system.

One-time $69or monthly from $39/mo
Document & Data Intelligence

Track Every Contract Deadline and Obligation

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For organisations with long agreements and leases full of dates and duties. The AI reads them, lists every obligation with its due date and owner, and puts reminders into your workflow so nothing is missed.

One-time $129or monthly from $59/mo
Document & Data Intelligence

Commercial Lease CAM Reconciliation to Lease Accounting Auto-Posting

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For commercial landlords who must split shared building costs among tenants each year. The AI reads each lease's share, caps and exclusions, calculates what each tenant owes, and posts it to your property accounting.

From $59/mo
Predictive Analytics & Forecasting

Monthly Forecast That Explains Its Own Variances

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For growing companies tired of rebuilding the budget spreadsheet. We connect your accounts and business drivers like headcount and volume, re-forecast every month, and explain in plain English why results differed from plan.

From $59/mo
Analytics, Dashboards & Reporting

Month-End Unusual Movement Finder

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

For finance teams closing the books each month. The AI checks every account's movement against its normal pattern, flags unusual ones, and drafts an explanation from the underlying transactions.

From $59/mo
Document & Data Intelligence

Find Revenue Lost Between Contracts and Bills

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For companies whose invoices don't always match what customers signed. The AI reads the real terms from your contracts and checks them against what billing actually charges, flagging missed price rises, wrong tiers and unapproved discounts.

From $69/mo
Decisioning & Optimization

Spot Price Gaps Across Your Suppliers

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For companies buying the same things from many suppliers. The AI groups your spend by what was really bought and shows where different teams pay different prices, with a plan to consolidate.

From $59/mo
Analytics, Dashboards & Reporting

True Profit per Customer and Product

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For distributors and brands that know revenue per customer but not what each customer really costs to serve. We combine costs for picking, freight, returns and support down to each customer, product and order, so you can see who is actually profitable.

From $59/mo
Predictive Analytics & Forecasting

Track Whether Big Investments Pay Off

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For companies spending on equipment, buildings or big projects. We track each approved project against the return it promised, update the forecast as spend and benefits come in, and flag projects drifting off plan early.

From $59/mo
Analytics, Dashboards & Reporting

Track Promised Savings After an Acquisition

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For companies and investors after a merger. We combine data from both businesses and track each promised saving or sales gain against what actually happened, flagging ones falling behind.

From $59/mo
Business Automation & AI Workflows

Charge Departments for What They Use

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For organisations with central IT, facilities or HR teams. Instead of splitting costs by headcount, we measure what each department actually uses and post fair charges to your ledger.

From $59/mo
Business Automation & AI Workflows

Net and Settle Payments Between Group Companies

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For groups whose companies owe each other money in many currencies. Each cycle we net what everyone owes so only one payment per company moves, and send the approved transfers through your treasury system.

From $59/mo
Decisioning & Optimization

Know Which Invoices to Pay Early

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For businesses offered early-payment discounts by suppliers. Each payment run the engine checks your cash and each discount and lists exactly which invoices to pay early.

From $59/mo
Decisioning & Optimization

Know How Many People You'll Need

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For service firms whose workload depends on sales. We turn your expected sales and current utilisation into a plan of how many people you need by role and location and when, with what-if scenarios.

From $59/mo
Document & Data Intelligence

Contractor Spend Versus Budget Tracker

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For companies using many contractors and project-based suppliers. We pull contractor timesheets, milestone bills and budgets into one view, and flag overspend, billed milestones that aren't done, and contractors past the tenure limit you set.

From $59/mo
Predictive Analytics & Forecasting

Which Training Programmes Actually Pay Off

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For employers spending heavily on staff training. We link course completion data with later outcomes like promotion and retention and compare similar staff who did and didn't take a course, so you see which programmes are worth funding.

From $59/mo
Document & Data Intelligence

One Accounting Format for Payroll Everywhere

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For employers paying staff in many countries through different payroll providers. We bring every provider's output into one format and map each item, including local statutory deductions, to the right accounting codes.

From $59/mo
Marketing Automation & CRM

Sales Forecasts Adjusted for Rep Optimism

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

For sales teams whose forecasts are too hopeful or too cautious. We compare each rep's and manager's past forecast calls with what actually closed and adjust this quarter's forecast for each person's habits.

From $59/mo
Business Automation & AI Workflows

Accurate Commission Payouts and Plan Testing

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For sales teams with commission plans that are hard to calculate. We calculate every rep's payout from real closed deals each period, including accelerators and clawbacks, and let you test new plans on past data before launch.

From $59/mo
Analytics, Dashboards & Reporting

Find Where Your Quotes Get Stuck

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For companies whose quotes take too long to approve. We analyse each quote's real approval path and show which step or discount level holds deals up, with suggestions to speed it up.

From $59/mo
Marketing Automation & CRM

Check Partner Deals, Discounts and Marketing Funds

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For companies selling through resellers. We match registered partner deals and approved discounts with what partners actually sold and claimed, flagging extra discounts and marketing-fund claims that don't line up.

From $59/mo
Decisioning & Optimization

Smart Pricing and Overbooking for Limited Seats

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For businesses selling rooms, seats or time slots that are worth nothing once the date passes. The AI forecasts bookings for each date and customer type, then sets prices, availability and safe overbooking limits so you fill more of your capacity and turn fewer people away.

From $59/mo
Predictive Analytics & Forecasting

Subscription Revenue Forecast That Counts Cancellations

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–7 days to build

For subscription businesses that need a forecast they can trust. We connect your billing and product usage, model how each group of customers renews, upgrades and cancels over time, and refresh your recurring revenue forecast every week.

From $59/mo
Decisioning & Optimization

Live Pricing for Your Marketplace

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For marketplaces where both supply and demand swing during the day, like equipment rental, delivery capacity or local services. The AI forecasts the next few hours of supply and demand and sets prices so both sides keep using your platform.

From $89/mo
Decisioning & Optimization

Shared Vehicles Moved to Where Demand Is

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For carshare, bike, scooter or rental equipment fleets. The AI forecasts where demand will outstrip vehicles and creates move jobs for your crews so vehicles are in the right places before customers arrive.

From $59/mo
Decisioning & Optimization

Gate and Ground Crew Assignment Planner

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For airports and ground handlers juggling gates and crews. The planner assigns gates and ground resources against the live flight schedule, and re-plans when delays hit, following your size, turnaround and neighbour rules.

From $79/mo
Decisioning & Optimization

Construction Schedule That Re-Plans Itself

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

For builders whose schedules break when crews or equipment are double-booked. The AI re-levels your project schedule against real crews and equipment, and forecasts which activities are likely to slip.

From $59/mo
Decisioning & Optimization

Network Traffic Forecast and Capacity Planner

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

For internet providers and network operators who find congestion only when customers complain. The AI forecasts traffic on each link from your network telemetry and recommends capacity and routing changes before peaks hit, pushing them to your network controller only after your engineers approve.

From $69/mo
Decisioning & Optimization

Cloud Server Sizing That Cuts Waste

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–7 days to build

For software companies paying for cloud servers that sit half empty. The AI forecasts how much computing power and memory each of your services really needs, then recommends server sizes and where each service should run, keeping response times on target while trimming the bill.

From $59/mo
Predictive Analytics & Forecasting

Cold Chain Spoilage Warnings and Rerouting

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For companies moving chilled or frozen food and goods. The AI reads temperature and humidity from your trucks and containers, works out how much shelf life each shipment has left, and suggests rerouting or delivering it sooner before it spoils.

From $69/mo
AI Vision & Inspection

Ground-Penetrating Radar Subsurface Utility & Void Mapping

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For utility locators and civil contractors using ground-penetrating radar carts or drones. The AI reads the raw radar data, marks likely pipes, cables, rebar and voids with estimated depth, and gives your surveyor a draft map to check instead of reading every line by eye.

From $59/mo
AI Vision & Inspection

Live Leak and Crack Alerts for Tanks

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–7 days to build

For sites with pressure vessels, storage tanks or pipes already fitted with acoustic sensors. The AI listens to the sensor bursts in real time, separates real leak and crack-growth signals from ordinary plant noise, and alerts your integrity team with the likely location.

From $69/mo
AI Vision & Inspection

Early Warning for Switchgear Insulation Faults

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly4–8 days to build

For operators of high-voltage switchgear, transformers and cable joints with partial-discharge sensors already installed. The AI reads the discharge patterns, sorts them by type and severity, and tells your engineers which equipment needs attention first.

From $69/mo
AI Vision & Inspection

Seabed Change Maps for Ports and Dredging

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For ports and dredging contractors that survey the seabed with multibeam sonar. The AI compares each new survey with earlier ones, maps where silt has built up or the bottom has been scoured, and gives your planners clear change maps for dredging decisions.

From $59/mo
AI Vision & Inspection

AI Help Reading Lab Instrument Results

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

For quality-control labs running spectroscopy and chromatography instruments. The AI reads the raw instrument exports, identifies composition and likely contaminants, and flags results that need an analyst's review, so routine samples clear faster.

From $89/mo
AI Vision & Inspection

Automated Metallurgical Microscopy Grain-Size & Inclusion Rating

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–5 days to build

For metal labs that rate micrographs by eye. The AI measures grain size and rates inclusion content straight from your microscope images, following the standard methods you use, and passes borderline images to your metallurgist.

From $69/mo
AI Vision & Inspection

Structured-Light 3D Scan-to-CAD GD&T Conformance Checker

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–5 days to build

For machine shops and moulders that 3D-scan parts on the inspection bench. The AI lines up each scan with its CAD model and checks flatness, position, profile and other tolerances automatically, producing a colour deviation map and a pass, fail or review result.

From $79/mo
AI Vision & Inspection

LiDAR Checks for Builds and Overgrown Corridors

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For builders and corridor owners who already capture laser scans. The AI compares as-built scans with your design model to find where construction deviates, and on pipe or rail corridors marks vegetation growing too close to your assets.

From $59/mo
AI Vision & Inspection

Satellite Change Alerts for Large Sites

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–5 days to build

For mines, quarries and large industrial sites that need to watch big areas. We pull free open satellite imagery for your named sites and train AI to flag changes over time, like new clearing, vegetation stress or footprint growth, without buying paid imagery.

From $59/mo
AI Vision & Inspection

Ground Movement Monitoring From Space

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–5 days to build

For mines, pipe and cable routes, dams and slopes where small ground movements give early warning. We process free open radar satellite imagery for your named sites to measure ground movement over time, day or night and through cloud, and alert your engineers when an area starts moving faster.

From $59/mo
Predictive Analytics & Forecasting

Early Warning for Pump and Motor Faults

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–7 days to build

For plants with vibration sensors or microphones on pumps, motors, fans and gearboxes. The AI reads the signals, recognises the signatures of bearing wear, imbalance, misalignment and looseness, and warns your maintenance team before a breakdown.

From $69/mo
Predictive Analytics & Forecasting

Multi-Sensor Fusion Composite Machine-Health Score

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For plants whose critical machines have several kinds of sensors read in separate systems: motor current, vibration, sound, temperature and oil condition. The AI combines them into one health score per machine, so early signs that one sensor alone would miss are caught.

From $69/mo
Predictive Analytics & Forecasting

Multivariate Historian Soft-Sensor for Inferred Process Quality

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For process plants that wait hours for lab results on product quality. We train AI on your historian data to estimate the lab value, like moisture, octane or viscosity, every few minutes from live process readings, so operators can adjust sooner.

From $509/mo
AI Platform & Model Engineering

Manage AI Models Across All Your Sites

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–7 days to build

For companies running AI models on small computers at many sites, like cameras in stores or sensors in plants. We set up central management that rolls out model updates safely, watches every site's health and accuracy, and rolls back if something goes wrong.

From $59/mo
AI Platform & Model Engineering

Cross-Instrument Entity-Resolved Feature-Store & Fusion Platform

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For plants where the same pump or motor has a different ID in every monitoring system. We match them into one asset record and build a shared data store, so every model and report sees all data about each machine together.

One-time $129or monthly from $59/mo
Marketing Automation & CRM

Customer Lifetime Value and Cancellation Forecasts

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–7 days to build

For subscription and repeat-purchase businesses that want to know which customers are worth most and who is about to leave. The AI learns from your billing and CRM history, scores every customer's expected future value and cancellation timing, and puts those scores in your CRM.

From $59/mo
Marketing Automation & CRM

AI That Picks Each Customer's Next Message

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For online shops and subscription brands sending emails, texts and push messages. The AI watches each customer's actions and decides the next best message and channel, or to send nothing, instead of one fixed sequence for everyone.

From $449/mo
Marketing Automation & CRM

Marketing Clean Room & Aggregated Cross-Platform Measurement

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For brands advertising on several big ad platforms who want to see results across them without handing over customer data. We connect your sales data to each platform's clean room using scrambled match keys and only aggregated results, so you see what each platform truly contributed.

From $59/mo
Marketing Automation & CRM

Know Which Accounts Are Ready to Upgrade

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–7 days to build

For software and online businesses that grow by upgrading existing customers. The AI reads product usage and billing history and predicts which accounts are ready for more seats or a higher plan this month, then puts a ranked list in your CRM with the reason for each.

From $59/mo
Marketing Automation & CRM

B2B Intent Signal Fusion & Account Scoring

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

For B2B companies with signals spread across CRM, website visits and third-party intent feeds. The AI combines them into one buying-interest score per account, updated continuously, so sales knows who to contact first.

From $69/mo
Paid Advertising

Geo-Lift Incrementality Experiment Platform

Always-on · you own it1–3 days to build

For businesses spending on ads in many regions. We design fair tests where ads run in some regions and pause in matched ones, then measure the extra sales the ads truly caused, so you know which spend to keep.

One-time $129
Paid Advertising

Measure Brand, TV and PR Impact

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For brands spending on channels you can't switch off by region, like brand search, national radio, PR or organic social. We use statistical methods on your sales history to estimate what each channel really added, and refresh the estimate as new data arrives.

From $59/mo
Paid Advertising

Move Ad Budget to What's Working Hourly

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For businesses running ads on Google, Meta and TikTok at once. The AI reads live performance from all three, moves budget between campaigns and adjusts bids every hour within the limits you set, so money follows results.

From $79/mo
Paid Advertising

Predict Winning Ads and Swap Tired Ones

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For brands producing lots of ad images and videos. The AI learns from your past ads which creative works, scores new ones before you spend, and spots when a running ad is wearing out so a fresh one rotates in.

From $69/mo
Paid Advertising

Recover Lost Sales Tracking Without Cookies

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For online businesses whose ad platforms miss sales because of blocked cookies and pixels. We set up server-side tracking for customers who consented, and carefully estimate missing conversions, so your ads optimise on fuller, honest data.

From $69/mo
Paid Advertising

Marketing Spend Anomaly & Auto-Pause Guardrail System

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For advertisers and agencies who have woken up to a blown budget or broken tracking. The AI checks your ad accounts every few minutes, spots cost spikes, tracking failures and overspending against your normal pattern, and pauses the problem campaign within your rules.

From $219/mo
Paid Advertising

Smarter Bid Prices for Programmatic Ads

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

For advertisers and agencies buying display and video ads through a bidding platform. The AI studies your bid logs to learn how often each bid price wins for each placement and time of day, and keeps an up-to-date best-bid curve so you stop overpaying for impressions.

From $59/mo
Paid Advertising

Ask Buyers Where They Heard of You

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For online brands unsure which marketing really brings buyers. We add a short 'how did you hear about us' question at checkout and combine the answers with your ad tracking and marketing models, giving one balanced view of what each channel contributes.

From $89/mo
Analytics, Dashboards & Reporting

Why Did Our Numbers Change This Week

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For marketing and growth teams asked every Monday why revenue, cost per customer or conversion moved. The engine breaks each change down into its real causes, like channel mix, prices, traffic sources or device types, and writes the answer in plain English.

From $59/mo
Analytics, Dashboards & Reporting

Alerts When Your Tracking Silently Breaks

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

For businesses that rely on website analytics, ad pixels, server tags and CRM webhooks. We monitor every tracking source for missing events, changed formats and sudden drops, so a broken pixel after a site update is found within hours instead of weeks of wasted ad spend.

From $119/mo
Analytics, Dashboards & Reporting

Make Marketing and Finance Numbers Agree

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For companies where marketing reports one revenue number and finance reports another. We match marketing's leads and attributed deals with finance's actual closed and recognised revenue, explain every gap, and produce one agreed report each month.

From $59/mo
Analytics, Dashboards & Reporting

Competitive Ad Intelligence & Share-of-Voice Tracking

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For brands that want to know what their competitors are advertising. We check the public ad libraries of the big platforms for your named competitors, group their ads into themes with AI, and show how much of the conversation each brand holds over time.

From $69/mo
Analytics, Dashboards & Reporting

Find Where Your Sales Funnel Leaks

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For businesses whose prospects move through many steps from ad click to closed deal. The AI models every step from your CRM and ad data and shows which specific step is losing more people than it should, by segment, and how much it is costing.

From $59/mo
Conversion Rate Optimization

A/B Testing You Can Check Anytime

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For websites and apps running experiments. We set up testing that stays valid even if you look at results every day, and uses each visitor's past behaviour to reach clear answers with less traffic, so you can stop tests early with confidence.

From $79/mo
Conversion Rate Optimization

Find What Makes Shoppers Quit Checkout

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For online shops losing buyers at checkout. The AI studies how shoppers move through your checkout fields, page speed and cart steps, without recording screens, and ranks the friction points that actually push people to leave, so you fix the right thing first.

From $59/mo
Conversion Rate Optimization

Save Carts Before Shoppers Leave

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For online shops and booking sites where many shoppers leave with items in the cart. The AI scores each visit live for the risk of leaving, using page steps, cart value and stock signals, and triggers a well-timed nudge like help, a delivery reminder or an offer within your rules.

From $639/mo
Conversion Rate Optimization

Smarter Search Results That Sell More

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–7 days to build

For online shops whose search box shows whatever matches the words, not what people actually buy. The AI learns from what shoppers click and purchase after searching and puts the products they are most likely to buy at the top.

From $509/mo
Data Engineering & Integration

Track Every Food Lot for Fast Recalls

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

For food makers who must be able to trace any batch back to its ingredients and forward to its customers fast. We connect your warehouse system and supplier feeds so one search shows where every lot came from and where it went.

From $59/mo
Risk, Fraud & Anomaly Detection

Catch Fake Account Rings Abusing Promotions

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For online businesses losing money to one person running many accounts to grab promos, referral bonuses or refunds. The AI links accounts that share devices, cards and sign-up patterns and holds suspicious groups for your team to review.

From $119/mo
Risk, Fraud & Anomaly Detection

Catch Affiliates Bidding on Your Brand Name

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

If you pay affiliates commission, some may be buying ads on your own brand name and taking credit for customers who were already looking for you. We watch the search ads for your name in every place you sell, match each ad to the affiliate behind it and collect dated screenshots, so you can act under your own affiliate rules.

From $69/mo
Risk, Fraud & Anomaly Detection

Test and Toughen Your Fraud Model

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For companies whose fraud or abuse model is being dodged by clever users. We attack your model on a schedule the way cheaters would, then retrain it on what slipped through so it keeps getting harder to fool.

From $509/mo
Risk, Fraud & Anomaly Detection

Watchdog for Your Risk Model Data Feeds

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For platforms whose fraud or risk scores quietly go wrong when a data feed breaks. It watches every feed going into your risk model and switches to the last good data before bad scores reach customers.

From $69/mo
Risk, Fraud & Anomaly Detection

Catch Fake Carriers Before Loads Ship

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For freight brokers and 3PLs worried about loads being stolen or re-brokered by fake carriers. The AI checks each carrier's identity details and tracking against known patterns and holds a load before it is dispatched to someone suspicious.

From $89/mo
Risk, Fraud & Anomaly Detection

Spot Fake Streams Draining Royalties

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

For streaming services and distributors whose royalty pool is drained by bots faking plays. The AI watches listening patterns, flags fake streams and puts affected tracks on a royalty hold until someone reviews them.

From $79/mo
Predictive Analytics & Forecasting

Predict Recipe Results Before Testing

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–7 days to build

For materials and chemical makers who run many trial batches to hit a target property. The AI learns from your past lab results and predicts strength, viscosity or cure time for a new recipe before you mix it.

One-time $969or monthly from $509/mo
Predictive Analytics & Forecasting

Predict Reaction Yields Before Running Them

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For chemistry teams that waste bench time on reactions that fail. The AI learns from your own reaction history and predicts yield and selectivity for conditions you have not tried yet.

One-time $969or monthly from $509/mo
Predictive Analytics & Forecasting

Ore Grade Maps From Your Drill Data

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–7 days to build

For mining and exploration teams whose assay labs disagree and whose grade maps have gaps. The AI reconciles results from different assay methods and estimates grade between drill holes, with a ranking of where to drill next.

One-time $969or monthly from $509/mo
Predictive Analytics & Forecasting

Crop and Livestock Breeding Data Analysis

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For plant and animal breeders drowning in sequencing files. We run your sequencer output through one automated pipeline, group your breeding lines and show which DNA markers link to the traits you breed for.

From $59/mo
Predictive Analytics & Forecasting

Forecast When Your Catalyst Wears Out

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

For plants that lose money changing catalyst too early or too late. The AI learns how your catalyst loses activity and forecasts its remaining life and the best regeneration window from live plant data.

From $59/mo
Predictive Analytics & Forecasting

Make All Your Lab Instruments Agree

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

For testing labs whose instruments or sites give slightly different results for the same sample. The AI learns each instrument's offset from your comparison data and shows a corrected value beside every raw result.

One-time $969or monthly from $509/mo
Predictive Analytics & Forecasting

Measure Mixture Contents From One Scan

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For producers who wait on slow lab separations to know what is in a mixture. The AI learns from your own spectra and lab results to read several components straight from one scan.

One-time $969or monthly from $509/mo
Decisioning & Optimization

AI That Plans Your Next Experiments

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For R&D teams chasing a target property through endless trial and error. After each round of results the AI proposes the next batch of experiments most likely to get you there and puts them straight into your lab notebook.

From $59/mo
Decisioning & Optimization

AI Suggests New Formulas Meeting Your Targets

Always-on · you own it3–6 days to build

For R&D teams who know the properties they need but not the recipe. The AI generates new candidate formulations or molecules aimed at your targets, scores them and queues the best shortlist for your chemists.

One-time $129
Decisioning & Optimization

Best Plant Settings Advised in Real Time

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For plants wanting better quality and yield without risking equipment. The AI reads your live plant data and suggests better temperature, pressure and feed settings within your safe limits, shown to operators to accept or decline.

From $509/mo
Decisioning & Optimization

Smarter Lab Sample Scheduling

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For testing labs where samples wait while instruments sit idle. The planner reads your sample queue and staff calendars and builds the best run order for your shared instruments.

From $59/mo
Decisioning & Optimization

R&D Portfolio Experiment-Budget Allocator

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For R&D leaders with more projects than lab time. The AI weighs what each project could still learn and suggests how to split experiments and instrument hours between them, updating as results come in.

From $59/mo
Decisioning & Optimization

Get Pilot Results at Full Plant Scale

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For chemical makers whose plant batches don't match the pilot. The AI learns from your paired pilot and plant runs and recommends adjusted settings so the first full-scale run matches the pilot quality.

One-time $129or monthly from $59/mo
Decisioning & Optimization

Catch Bad Batches Before They Happen

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For plants losing money to off-spec batches. The AI watches live process data for patterns that came before past bad batches, warns operators and ranks the most likely cause with a suggested fix.

From $59/mo
Decisioning & Optimization

AI Route Planner for Making New Molecules

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For chemistry teams planning how to make a target molecule. The AI proposes and ranks step-by-step routes using your own reaction history and checks which reagents you already have in stock.

From $59/mo
AI Platform & Model Engineering

Score Enzyme Designs Before Making Them

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

For enzyme engineering teams that can only make a fraction of the designs they dream up. We tune a protein AI on your own assay results so it scores thousands of candidate sequences a day before any go to the lab.

One-time $129or monthly from $59/mo
AI Platform & Model Engineering

Fast Simulation Answers for Engineers

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For engineering teams waiting hours for each simulation run. We train a fast AI stand-in on your past simulations and real sensor data so engineers get near-instant answers inside their design tools.

One-time $969or monthly from $509/mo
AI Platform & Model Engineering

Identify Unknown Molecules From Spectra

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For analytical chemists who spend hours working out structures from NMR or mass spectra. The AI, tuned on your confirmed structures, suggests ranked candidate structures from your spectroscopy software.

One-time $129or monthly from $59/mo
AI Platform & Model Engineering

Differentiable Simulation Calibration (Parameter Inversion) Service

Always-on · you own it1–3 days to build

For engineers whose simulations drift from what the plant or lab really measures. We find the unknown physical parameters that make your simulator match real measurements, and repeat it automatically as new data arrives.

One-time $129
Document & Data Intelligence

Scientific Literature Evidence-Table Extraction & Structured Database

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For R&D teams who read piles of papers to collect numbers. The AI pulls doses, results and study details out of the papers you choose into one searchable database with a link back to each source.

One-time $49or monthly from $29/mo
Data Engineering & Integration

Connect All Lab Instruments to One System

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For labs where instrument data is scattered across PCs and files. We connect your instruments to your lab system so every result lands in one dataset with a full trail back to the raw file.

From $59/mo
Data Engineering & Integration

Materials/Chemicals Lot Genealogy Graph Across ERP/MES/LIMS

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For chemical and materials makers whose lot history is split across ERP, production and lab systems. We link them so any finished lot shows its raw materials, process runs and test results in one place.

From $59/mo
Data Engineering & Integration

Live Plant Data Into Your Simulations

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For engineers whose simulations start from old, hand-typed plant numbers. We connect your live plant data to your simulation software so what-if studies always start from the plant's real current state.

From $59/mo
Data Engineering & Integration

Sequencing Sample-to-Result Lineage & Reproducibility Ledger

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For plant, animal and microbial sequencing labs whose clients ask how a result was produced. We record a tamper-evident trail from sample to sequencer run to analysis software version, so any result can be traced and rerun.

From $59/mo
Data Engineering & Integration

Merge Duplicate Compounds Across Registries

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For chemistry companies with several compound registries after a merger or new sites. The AI matches compounds by structure, merges duplicates and gives everyone one live registry.

One-time $49or monthly from $29/mo
Knowledge Assistants & Search (RAG)

Research Assistant for Papers and Patents

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For R&D teams who need quick answers on what others have published. The AI searches papers, published patents and your own notebooks and answers technical questions with citations, staying silent when evidence is missing.

From $59/mo
Security, Compliance & Performance

Custom Security Alerts Tuned to Your Logs

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For tech and online businesses whose security tool fires generic, noisy alerts. We write detection rules tuned to your own logs, test each against months of history first and only ship rules that stay quiet unless something is real.

One-time $129or monthly from $59/mo
Security, Compliance & Performance

Pre-Sort Security Alerts Using Your History

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

For security teams buried in alerts. The AI learns from how your analysts closed past tickets and labels each new alert as likely real, likely noise or known harmless before it reaches the queue.

From $219/mo
Security, Compliance & Performance

Group Related Security Alerts Into Cases

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For security teams seeing the same incident as dozens of alerts across tools. We link alerts sharing a computer, user or address into one case and write it into your ticket system.

From $89/mo
Data Engineering & Integration

Cut Security Log Costs Without Blind Spots

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For businesses paying per gigabyte for security logs. We filter and reshape noisy logs before they reach your security tool and prove alerts still fire the same way.

One-time $129or monthly from $59/mo
Security, Compliance & Performance

Continuous Purple-Team Control-Validation Automation

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For businesses unsure whether their security tools would catch an attack. We run safe simulated attacks on a schedule, check which defences fired and send every gap to your team as a ticket.

From $59/mo
Security, Compliance & Performance

See Who Can Access What, Everywhere

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For growing software companies who no longer know who has access to which systems. We map every person's real access across your login provider, cloud and key apps, flag risky combinations and leftovers, and propose fixes.

From $59/mo
Security, Compliance & Performance

Block Unsafe Code Before It Ships

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For software teams who need to know exactly what goes into every release. We add automatic ingredient lists, build records and signing to your build process, and block releases that break your own rules.

One-time $99or monthly from $59/mo
Security, Compliance & Performance

Fix Risky Cloud Setting Changes Automatically

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For teams whose live cloud settings drift from what their code says. We compare the two continuously, rank each difference by real risk and open a ready-made fix in your code.

From $69/mo
Risk, Fraud & Anomaly Detection

Stop Phishing and Fake-Boss Emails

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–7 days to build

For businesses hit by phishing and fake invoice or fake boss emails. The AI learns from phishing your staff reported and checks every incoming email, quarantining dangerous ones and sending unclear ones to review.

From $349/mo
Security, Compliance & Performance

Find and Rotate Leaked Passwords and Keys

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For software teams with API keys and service accounts scattered everywhere. We list every machine account and secret, flag the ones that are old or too powerful and open fixes to rotate them.

One-time $129or monthly from $59/mo
Security, Compliance & Performance

Spot Strange Behaviour in Your Containers

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For teams running apps on Kubernetes. We learn how each workload normally behaves and alert when one starts doing something unusual, like opening a shell or calling a strange address.

From $509/mo
Risk, Fraud & Anomaly Detection

Catch Hacked Email Accounts Early

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For businesses on Microsoft 365 or Google Workspace. The AI watches admin logs for signs an account was taken over, like hidden forwarding rules or odd app permissions, and can cut the session automatically.

From $79/mo
Security, Compliance & Performance

Find What Slows Your Security Team Down

One-off · yours forever2–4 days to build

For security service providers whose detection and response times are slipping. We analyse your ticket and staffing data to find what really drives delays and recommend staffing and routing changes.

One-time $129
Security, Compliance & Performance

Control Risky Apps Connected to Your Accounts

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For businesses where staff connect outside apps to company email and files. We list every connected app, score its risk and revoke or route risky ones for approval.

One-time $129or monthly from $69/mo
Security, Compliance & Performance

Fix Only Vulnerabilities That Can Really Bite

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For software teams drowning in scanner findings. We check whether each reported vulnerability can actually be reached in your running code and push the real ones to the top.

From $69/mo
Risk, Fraud & Anomaly Detection

Find Copies of Your Products Online

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For brands seeing copies of their products, logos and names popping up online. We scan marketplaces, newly registered domains and social platforms for lookalikes every day and give your team a sorted list with screenshots and links.

From $119/mo
Speech, Audio & Language Intelligence

Domain ASR & Acoustic Adaptation

Always-on · you own it3–6 days to build

For businesses whose transcription keeps mishearing their terms, accents or noisy radio audio. We tune a speech recognition model on your own recordings and vocabulary and run it where your audio is captured.

One-time $219
Speech, Audio & Language Intelligence

Industrial & Fleet Acoustic Analytics

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–7 days to build

For factories, data centres and fleets that lose money to sudden breakdowns. The AI listens to sound and vibration sensors on your equipment, spots wear and leaks early and opens a maintenance ticket.

From $99/mo
Speech, Audio & Language Intelligence

Custom Wake-Word & On-Device Keyword Spotting

Always-on · you own it2–5 days to build

For device makers who want customers to talk to their kiosks, intercoms or vehicles with their own brand phrase. We train a small model on your phrase that runs on the device without the internet.

One-time $969
Speech, Audio & Language Intelligence

Live Intent & Sentiment Call Routing

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

For support centres where callers get bounced between queues. The AI listens to the first seconds of each call, works out what the caller needs and how upset they are, and routes the call to the right team before anyone picks up.

From $539/mo
Speech, Audio & Language Intelligence

Live Ad Proof-of-Play Verification & Billing Reconciliation

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For radio and streaming audio businesses that bill advertisers per spot. The system listens to your live output, confirms each ad aired on time and in full, and reconciles it with your ad server before invoices go out.

From $1,109/mo
Speech, Audio & Language Intelligence

Fix Bad Call Quality Automatically

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For contact centres and phone service providers whose calls suffer from echo, drops and choppy audio. The system scores the quality of every live call, fixes what it can automatically and alerts your team about the rest.

From $69/mo
Speech, Audio & Language Intelligence

Live Dead-Air & Audio-Fault Detection with Automatic Failover

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For radio and TV stations where dead air loses listeners and advertisers. The monitor spots silence, distortion or transmitter faults within about a second and switches to backup content automatically.

From $59/mo
Speech, Audio & Language Intelligence

Continuous ASR Retraining Loop from Live Correction Feedback

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

For businesses already using our speech-to-text at volume. Every correction your staff make is collected and used to retrain the model on a schedule, tested before release, so the same mistakes stop coming back.

From $509/mo
Speech, Audio & Language Intelligence

Continuous Adversarial QA for Production Voice Agents

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For businesses running an AI phone agent. We place tricky test calls on a schedule, with accents, background noise and attempts to make it misbehave, and report where it slips.

From $229/mo
AI Vision & Inspection

Thermal Hotspot Predictive-Maintenance Reader

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly4–7 days to build

For sites that already take thermal images of switchgear, motors and bearings but rarely have time to study them. The AI learns what normal heat looks like for each asset and raises a work order when a hotspot starts forming.

From $69/mo
AI Vision & Inspection

Furnace & Kiln Refractory Thermal-Wear Reader

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–4 weeks to build

For cement, steel and glass plants whose furnace or kiln linings wear unevenly. The AI watches your existing thermal camera feed, tells normal process heat from the hot spots that mean thinning lining, and warns your team before a breakout.

From $59/mo
AI Vision & Inspection

Battery Thermal-Runaway Precursor Reader

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–4 weeks to build

For battery makers and testers already filming cells with fast thermal cameras. The AI watches for the quick heat rise that comes before a cell vents and sends an alert to your existing safety system.

From $59/mo
AI Vision & Inspection

Find Real Heat Leaks in Building Surveys

Always-on · you own it3–6 days to build

For property owners and cold-chain operators who commission thermal surveys but struggle to read them. The AI separates true insulation and seal failures from harmless reflections and ranks repairs by heat lost.

One-time $129
AI Vision & Inspection

X-Ray/CT Internal Void & Inclusion Reader

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–5 days to build

For manufacturers who X-ray castings, welds and composite parts but rely on tired eyes to read every image. The AI reads each radiograph for internal voids, porosity and inclusions and marks them, so inspectors confirm the flagged parts instead of staring at every image.

From $119/mo
AI Vision & Inspection

In-Line X-Ray Foreign-Body & Fill-Density Reader

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–5 days to build

For food makers whose X-ray scanner checks every sealed pack. The AI, trained on your own scans, flags bone fragments, glass, metal and underfilled packs and sends a reject signal to your line.

From $59/mo
AI Vision & Inspection

Sort Plastics by Type More Accurately

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–4 weeks to build

For recycling facilities with hyperspectral cameras on their sorting lines. The AI identifies each item's plastic type and contamination from its light signature and tells the sorter where to send it.

From $509/mo
AI Vision & Inspection

Grade Fruit by Hidden Inside Quality

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For packhouses with hyperspectral scanners on their grading lines. The AI, trained against your own lab tests, reads hidden bruising, sweetness and contamination inside each fruit and tells the grader where to send it.

From $509/mo
AI Vision & Inspection

Catch Tiny Defects on Fast Material Lines

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–4 weeks to build

For paper, film, nonwoven and rubber producers with line-scan cameras over fast-moving material. The AI recognises holes, streaks, gels and other defects at full speed and marks them for your reject system.

From $509/mo
AI Vision & Inspection

Find Micro-Cracks on Glass and Solar Wafers

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–4 weeks to build

For solar, display and specialty glass makers with dark-field and bright-field cameras. The AI finds micro-cracks and uneven brightness patches on every substrate and sends pass or fail to your line.

From $509/mo
AI Vision & Inspection

Inspect Thousands of Small Parts per Minute

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–4 weeks to build

For makers of fasteners, pills-sized components and small electronic parts with strobed cameras on fast lines. The AI checks every part for defects at full speed and tells your reject system which to remove.

From $509/mo
AI Vision & Inspection

Measure Bulk Material Volume From 3D Cameras

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–4 weeks to build

For grain elevators, quarries and bulk handlers with depth cameras over silos, hoppers, trucks or belts. The AI calculates real volume from the 3D shape and feeds it to your inventory system.

From $59/mo
AI Vision & Inspection

Stockpile Volumes From Drone Scans

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

For mines, quarries and bulk terminals that already fly drone LiDAR over stockpiles. We process each flight automatically into pile volumes and send them to your inventory system.

From $59/mo
AI Vision & Inspection

Measure Parcels on the Moving Belt

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–4 weeks to build

For parcel and warehouse operators with a depth camera above the belt. The AI measures each parcel's true size while it moves and sends the dimensions straight to your warehouse or carrier billing system.

From $59/mo
AI Vision & Inspection

Catch Dents and Warping on Every Part

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–5 days to build

For metal stamping and composite part makers with 3D scanners at inspection. The AI, calibrated against your gauge measurements, spots dents, warping and flatness problems and sends pass or fail to your line.

From $59/mo
AI Vision & Inspection

Find Hidden Stress and Cracks in Glass

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–5 days to build

For glass, clear plastic and laminated panel makers using polarised light inspection. The AI reads the stress patterns that reveal internal cracks and weak spots and tells your line which parts to release.

From $59/mo
AI Vision & Inspection

Live Moisture Readings for Grain and Feed

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

For grain, lumber and feed producers with near-infrared scanners on their lines. The AI, calibrated against your lab samples, reads moisture and composition continuously and suggests dryer or blender settings.

From $59/mo
Video & Visual Content

Spot Vehicle Damage as Cars Drive Through

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 weeks to build

For rental, leasing and auction businesses with a drive-through camera tunnel. The AI checks every vehicle's images for scratches, dents and cracks and writes a condition report with photos.

From $119/mo
AI Vision & Inspection

DPM & Laser-Etched Mark Reader

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–5 days to build

For automotive and aerospace part makers whose laser-etched or dot-peened codes are hard to read on shiny, curved metal. The AI reads and grades each mark from your existing lighting rig and writes it into your production traceability records.

From $59/mo
AI Vision & Inspection

See Crop Stress Before It Shows

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–4 weeks to build

For farms, vineyards and agronomists already flying multispectral drones. The AI turns each flight into plant-health and water-stress maps and sends problem zones straight to your farm management software.

From $59/mo
AI Vision & Inspection

Spot Sick or In-Heat Animals Early

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–4 weeks to build

For dairy, cattle, pig and poultry farms with thermal cameras in barns. The AI learns normal body heat patterns for your animals and flags ones that may be unwell or in heat so your team checks them sooner.

From $59/mo
Video & Visual Content

Know What Crossed Your Fence at Night

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–4 weeks to build

For sites and farms with paired thermal and normal cameras on their boundaries. The AI uses heat to detect movement at night and the normal camera to tell vehicles, animals and intruders apart, cutting false alarms.

From $59/mo
AI Vision & Inspection

Find Defects in Borescope Inspection Videos

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–4 weeks to build

For maintenance teams who inspect pipe bores, turbines, cylinders and weld roots with borescopes. The AI reviews the footage for pitting, cracks, corrosion and weld faults and writes a defect report with marked frames.

One-time $129or monthly from $59/mo
AI Vision & Inspection

Find Scratches on Mirror-Polished Parts

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–4 weeks to build

For makers of chrome trim, polished cookware and hardware where normal cameras see only glare. The AI reads your existing multi-exposure images to find scratches, pits and stains and sends pass or fail to your line.

From $509/mo
AI Vision & Inspection

Inspect Pipes, Rollers and Cans All Around

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–4 weeks to build

For makers of pipes, printing rollers, tubes and cans with rotating cameras that unwrap the full surface. The AI finds dents, scratches and print faults on the flattened image and signals your line.

From $509/mo
AI Vision & Inspection

Analyse High-Speed Test Footage Automatically

Always-on · you own it1–4 weeks to build

For test labs filming drop, impact and burst tests with ultra-high-speed cameras. The AI analyses each test video frame by frame, finds the moment of failure and how it happened, and writes the test report data for you.

One-time $129
AI Vision & Inspection

Catch Robot and Fixture Drift Early

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–4 weeks to build

For automated work cells with fixed reference cameras. The AI measures how far robots and fixtures have drifted from their calibrated positions and warns maintenance before parts go out of tolerance.

From $59/mo
Video & Visual Content

Find Your Production Line's Bottleneck

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–4 weeks to build

For factories and distribution centres that want to know where their line really slows down. The AI uses your existing line cameras to measure cycle time, idle time and work waiting at each station, watching parts and machines only, never people.

From $59/mo
AI Vision & Inspection

Find Corrosion in Underwater ROV Video

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 weeks to build

For marine, offshore and dam operators inspecting assets with underwater robots. The AI cleans up murky footage and marks corrosion, marine growth and damage on hulls, pipelines and structures.

One-time $129or monthly from $69/mo
Web & App Development

Continuous API-Deprecation Sweep Bot

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

For software teams trying to retire old APIs and libraries. A bot checks every new commit for calls you've marked as outdated and opens a ready-made fix the moment one appears.

From $59/mo
AI Platform & Model Engineering

Write Tests Where Your Code Is Weakest

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For software teams whose tests pass but still miss bugs. We find the code paths your tests don't really protect, write new tests for exactly those, and add a check that stops weaker test coverage from being merged.

One-time $99or monthly from $59/mo
Security, Compliance & Performance

Flaky-Test Detection & Live CI Quarantine

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

For software teams whose builds fail at random and get rerun until green. The AI learns from your build history which tests are genuinely flaky versus real failures, and quarantines flaky ones so releases keep moving.

From $69/mo
Security, Compliance & Performance

Find What Caused an Outage Faster

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For online businesses where each outage starts with a hunt for what changed. When an incident starts, the AI checks recent deploys, setting changes and library updates against your monitoring data and ranks the likely causes for the on-call engineer.

From $59/mo
Security, Compliance & Performance

Catch Code Changes That Slow Your App

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For software and gaming teams whose app gets slower one commit at a time. The system compares every new commit's speed tests with your history, flags genuine slowdowns and ignores normal noise.

From $59/mo
AI Platform & Model Engineering

Understand Old Code Nobody Remembers

Always-on · you own it2–5 days to build

For companies running a critical system whose authors are long gone. We watch what the code really does under test traffic, build a searchable map of its behaviour and write tests that lock it in before anyone changes it.

One-time $129
AI Platform & Model Engineering

Code-Review Copilot Trained on Your Review History

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

For software teams whose senior engineers keep writing the same review comments. We train a review bot on your own past reviews, including which comments led to changes and which merges were later reverted, so it gives every new pull request a first review in your team's style.

One-time $139or monthly from $69/mo
Security, Compliance & Performance

Cross-Service API Contract Breaking-Change Gate

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For teams running many internal services that call each other. We map which services really call which, check every proposed API change against those real callers and block deploys that would break them.

From $59/mo
Security, Compliance & Performance

Cut Software Build Costs and Wait Times

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For software teams with growing build bills and developers waiting on slow pipelines. We profile where build minutes and runner money go, then keep tuning runner sizes, parallel jobs and caching to save time and spend.

One-time $129or monthly from $59/mo
Web & App Development

Turn Crash Reports Into Ready-to-Run Bug Tests

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For software, game and online store teams flooded with crash reports. The AI groups crashes by cause, writes a small test that reproduces each new one and drafts a fix for common bug types.

From $59/mo
Risk, Fraud & Anomaly Detection

Stop Bot Sign-Ups and Spam Rings

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For community, marketplace and gig platforms flooded with fake accounts and spam posts. The AI links new sign-ups and posts that share devices, templates or odd timing, slows suspicious ones and sends them to review.

From $449/mo
AI Vision & Inspection

Keep Ads Away From Unsafe Content

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For publishers and video platforms selling ad space. The AI checks every placement against each advertiser's own brand safety rules before an ad is shown and keeps an audit trail advertisers can trust.

From $2,009/mo
Risk, Fraud & Anomaly Detection

Expose Fake Networks Gaming Your Platform

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For social, review and marketplace platforms where groups of accounts work together to fake reviews, push content or manipulate rankings. The AI finds those coordinated groups and hands your trust team a ranked list with evidence.

From $59/mo
Risk, Fraud & Anomaly Detection

Moderator Accuracy QA & Appeals Sampling System

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For platforms with human moderators who want to know how consistent their decisions really are. We sample decisions fairly, have a second panel re-review them and show accuracy and disagreement by policy area.

From $59/mo
Risk, Fraud & Anomaly Detection

Spot New Kinds of Harmful Content Early

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For platforms whose moderation rules lag behind new tricks. The AI groups the content your system is unsure about or has no category for, and alerts your policy team when a new pattern is growing.

From $59/mo
AI Vision & Inspection

Live Video Moderation While Streams Run

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–4 weeks to build

For platforms where people broadcast live video. The AI watches every live stream as it happens, stops clear rule-breaking streams at once and sends doubtful moments to a human moderator before the stream ends.

From $109/mo
AI Platform & Model Engineering

Route AI Requests to Cheapest Good Model

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For software companies paying for AI on every user request. We measure which AI model is good enough for each kind of request using your own past answers, then route each request to the cheapest one that passes.

One-time $139or monthly from $69/mo
Autonomous AI Agents & Orchestration

Test AI Agent Changes on Past Runs

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For teams running AI agents that take actions for customers. We record every step your agents take, then replay those real runs against any change before it ships so you see exactly what broke.

From $89/mo
AI Platform & Model Engineering

Fix Why Your AI Search Answers Badly

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For companies whose AI assistant answers from their documents but often gets it wrong. We find out whether it is fetching the wrong documents or misreading the right ones, fix the search, and rebuild your index.

One-time $199or monthly from $119/mo
Autonomous AI Agents & Orchestration

Prompt-Injection Red-Team for Tool-Using Agents

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For businesses whose AI agent reads emails, pages or tickets and can take actions. We attack it like a real intruder would, show every trick that worked, fix each hole and keep testing on every release.

One-time $129or monthly from $99/mo
AI Platform & Model Engineering

Stop Paying Twice for Same AI Answer

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For products where users keep asking similar questions. We store good AI answers and reuse them when a new question means the same thing, so you stop paying again for answers you already have.

From $449/mo
AI Platform & Model Engineering

Train Your Own AI on Your Records

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For companies with lots of AI usage logs and a task general models keep getting wrong. We turn your past requests and your team's corrections into a training set, train your own tuned model and prove whether it beats the standard one.

One-time $969or monthly from $509/mo
AI Platform & Model Engineering

Eval Suite Generated from Your Support Tickets

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For companies with AI features and a support inbox full of past mistakes. We turn closed tickets and your team's corrections into tests your AI must pass, run them on every change and report what fails.

From $119/mo
Speech, Audio & Language Intelligence

AI Answers Support Questions in Every Language

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For businesses with customers writing in many languages. The AI answers common questions inside your helpdesk in the customer's own language, using your documents and past answers, and hands over to a person when unsure.

From $89/mo
AI Platform & Model Engineering

See Cost and Quality per AI Feature

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For companies running several AI features and losing track of what they cost and how well they work. Every request is traced from question to outcome, so you see spend and quality side by side per feature.

From $79/mo
Autonomous AI Agents & Orchestration

In-Product Churn Save Agent

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

For subscription businesses losing customers quietly. The AI notices accounts drifting away from real usage and billing signs, then acts: a helpful in-app nudge, a task for the account owner, or an offer within limits you set.

From $89/mo
Marketing, Growth & Content

Ad Creative Generation with Closed-Loop Performance Testing

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For businesses running ads that keep going stale. The AI writes new ad versions in your brand style, launches them under your budget limits, keeps the ones that bring sales and drops the rest.

From $69/mo
E-commerce & Retail AI

Competitor Price Monitoring with Automated Repricing

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

For sellers whose prices must stay competitive every day. We watch competitor prices through allowed sources, match their products to yours, and adjust your prices within the margin floors you set.

From $119/mo
Software Engineering AI

Upgrade Your Old Code Framework Safely

One-off · yours forever1–3 days to build

For software teams stuck on an old framework or language version. An AI agent upgrades your code piece by piece, runs your tests after every change and only keeps what passes, in small changes your team can review.

One-time $99
AI Platform & Model Engineering

Kubernetes Cost Right-Sizing That Applies the Change

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly1–3 days to build

For companies whose cloud bill keeps growing. We measure what your services really use over a full busy cycle, resize them, add sensible auto-scaling and cheaper spare capacity, and roll back automatically if anything slows.

One-time $99or monthly from $59/mo
AI Vision & Inspection

Visual Product Search from Customer Photos

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–5 days to build

For stores where customers know what they want but not what it is called. A shopper takes a photo and instantly sees your closest matching products.

From $99/mo
Business Automation & AI Workflows

Processor Payout Clearing Agent

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

Your card processor pays you one lump sum for many sales minus fees and refunds. We break every payout down and post it properly in your accounting software, so your sales and fees are right without manual entry.

From $59/mo
Autonomous AI Agents & Orchestration

Marketplace Fulfilment Reimbursement Agent

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

Marketplace warehouses lose and damage stock and often forget to pay you for it. We check their reports against your shipments every week, file the claims with proof, and track the money until it lands.

From $69/mo
Business Automation & AI Workflows

Gift-Card & Store-Credit Liability Agent

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

Gift cards and store credit are money you still owe customers. We keep that number right in your books every month and flag anything that looks off.

From $59/mo
Autonomous AI Agents & Orchestration

SaaS Seat Reclamation Agent

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–4 days to build

We look at which of your paid software accounts are actually used. With your approval we remove unused ones, move their files to the right person, and show you what you saved.

From $59/mo
Business Automation & AI Workflows

Fixed-Asset Capitalisation & Depreciation Agent

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

When you buy equipment, vehicles or fit-out, we spot it in your bills, add it to an asset list and record depreciation every month in your accounting software.

From $59/mo
Autonomous AI Agents & Orchestration

Live Job-Costing Agent

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly2–5 days to build

We match every hour worked and every material bill to the job it belongs to, and show you how each job is doing against its quote — while there is still time to fix it.

From $69/mo
Business Automation & AI Workflows

Progress-Billing & Retainage Agent

4 plans · monthly, every 3 months or yearly3–6 days to build

Each month we turn your project's progress into the right invoice, send it to the client, put it in your books and keep track of the money they are holding back until the end.

From $59/mo